diff --git a/CHANGELOG.md b/CHANGELOG.md index 62af5e7a..5cb6b970 100644 --- a/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ # Release (Unreleased) +* `github.com/patrickcping/pingone-go-sdk-v2/management` : [v0.11.0](./management/CHANGELOG.md) + * **Feature** Support for Licenses [#60](https://github.com/patrickcping/pingone-go-sdk-v2/pull/60) * `github.com/patrickcping/pingone-go-sdk-v2/mfa` : [v0.6.0](./management/CHANGELOG.md) * **Enhancement** Updated the Device policy API [#58](https://github.com/patrickcping/pingone-go-sdk-v2/pull/58) diff --git a/management/.openapi-generator/FILES b/management/.openapi-generator/FILES index c97735ea..c323045c 100644 --- a/management/.openapi-generator/FILES +++ b/management/.openapi-generator/FILES @@ -198,6 +198,8 @@ docs/EnumIdentityProviderExt.md docs/EnumIdentityProviderOIDCTokenAuthMethod.md docs/EnumIdentityProviderSAMLSSOBinding.md docs/EnumImageFormat.md +docs/EnumLicensePackage.md +docs/EnumLicenseStatus.md docs/EnumOrganizationType.md docs/EnumPasscodeRefreshTimeUnit.md docs/EnumProductType.md @@ -272,6 +274,7 @@ docs/IdentityProviderPaypalAllOf.md docs/IdentityProviderSAML.md docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOf.md docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification.md +docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates.md docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfSpSigning.md docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfSpSigningKey.md docs/IdentityProvidersApi.md @@ -281,6 +284,16 @@ docs/ImagesApi.md docs/IntegrationCatalogApi.md docs/LanguageLocalizationStatusApi.md docs/LanguagesApi.md +docs/License.md +docs/LicenseAuthorize.md +docs/LicenseEnvironments.md +docs/LicenseIntelligence.md +docs/LicenseMfa.md +docs/LicenseName.md +docs/LicenseReplacedByLicense.md +docs/LicenseReplacesLicense.md +docs/LicenseUsers.md +docs/LicenseVerify.md docs/LicensesApi.md docs/LinkedAccountsApi.md docs/MFAPairingKeysApi.md @@ -525,6 +538,8 @@ model_enum_identity_provider_ext.go model_enum_identity_provider_oidc_token_auth_method.go model_enum_identity_provider_samlsso_binding.go model_enum_image_format.go +model_enum_license_package.go +model_enum_license_status.go model_enum_organization_type.go model_enum_passcode_refresh_time_unit.go model_enum_product_type.go @@ -590,10 +605,21 @@ model_identity_provider_paypal_all_of.go model_identity_provider_saml.go model_identity_provider_saml_all_of.go model_identity_provider_saml_all_of_idp_verification.go +model_identity_provider_saml_all_of_idp_verification_certificates.go model_identity_provider_saml_all_of_sp_signing.go model_identity_provider_saml_all_of_sp_signing_key.go model_image.go model_image_targets.go +model_license.go +model_license_authorize.go +model_license_environments.go +model_license_intelligence.go +model_license_mfa.go +model_license_name.go +model_license_replaced_by_license.go +model_license_replaces_license.go +model_license_users.go +model_license_verify.go model_object_application.go model_object_environment.go model_object_organization.go diff --git a/management/.openapi-generator/VERSION b/management/.openapi-generator/VERSION index 6d54bbd7..4ac4fded 100644 --- a/management/.openapi-generator/VERSION +++ b/management/.openapi-generator/VERSION @@ -1 +1 @@ -6.0.1 \ No newline at end of file +6.2.0 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/management/.version b/management/.version index 2774f858..142464bf 100644 --- a/management/.version +++ b/management/.version @@ -1 +1 @@ -0.10.0 \ No newline at end of file +0.11.0 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/management/CHANGELOG.md b/management/CHANGELOG.md index 7d9346f9..b7d00b28 100644 --- a/management/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/management/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +# v0.11.0 (Unreleased) + +* **Feature** Support for Licenses [#60](https://github.com/patrickcping/pingone-go-sdk-v2/pull/60) + # v0.10.0 (2022-09-18) * **Bug fix** - Correct the http endpoint headers object in the `Subscription` model [#52](https://github.com/patrickcping/pingone-go-sdk-v2/pull/52) diff --git a/management/README.md b/management/README.md index e32acf87..e2c8cdf7 100644 --- a/management/README.md +++ b/management/README.md @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as This API client was generated by the [OpenAPI Generator](https://openapi-generator.tech) project. By using the [OpenAPI-spec](https://www.openapis.org/) from a remote server, you can easily generate an API client. - API version: 2022-08-02 -- Package version: 0.10.0 +- Package version: 0.11.0 - Build package: org.openapitools.codegen.languages.GoClientCodegen ## Installation @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Each operation can use different server URL defined using `OperationServers` map An operation is uniquely identified by `"{classname}Service.{nickname}"` string. Similar rules for overriding default operation server index and variables applies by using `sw.ContextOperationServerIndices` and `sw.ContextOperationServerVariables` context maps. -``` +```golang ctx := context.WithValue(context.Background(), management.ContextOperationServerIndices, map[string]int{ "{classname}Service.{nickname}": 2, }) @@ -78,9 +78,9 @@ All URIs are relative to *https://api.pingone.eu* Class | Method | HTTP request | Description ------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- +*ActiveIdentityCountsApi* | [**ReadActiveIdentityCount**](docs/ActiveIdentityCountsApi.md#readactiveidentitycount) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/metrics/activeIdentityCounts | READ Active Identity Counts by License *ActiveIdentityCountsApi* | [**V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet**](docs/ActiveIdentityCountsApi.md#v1environmentsenvironmentidactiveidentitycountsget) | **Get** /v1/environments/{environmentID}/activeIdentityCounts | READ Active Identity Counts (Deprecated) *ActiveIdentityCountsApi* | [**V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet**](docs/ActiveIdentityCountsApi.md#v1environmentsenvironmentidmetricsactiveidentitycountsget) | **Get** /v1/environments/{environmentID}/metrics/activeIdentityCounts | READ Active Identity Counts by Date Range -*ActiveIdentityCountsApi* | [**V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet**](docs/ActiveIdentityCountsApi.md#v1organizationsorganizationidlicenseslicenseidmetricsactiveidentitycountsget) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/metrics/activeIdentityCounts | READ Active Identity Counts by License *AgreementLanguagesResourcesApi* | [**CreateAgreementLanguage**](docs/AgreementLanguagesResourcesApi.md#createagreementlanguage) | **Post** /v1/environments/{environmentID}/agreements/{agreementID}/languages | CREATE Language *AgreementLanguagesResourcesApi* | [**DeleteAgreementLanguage**](docs/AgreementLanguagesResourcesApi.md#deleteagreementlanguage) | **Delete** /v1/environments/{environmentID}/agreements/{agreementID}/languages/{languageID} | DELETE Language *AgreementLanguagesResourcesApi* | [**ReadAllAgreementLanguages**](docs/AgreementLanguagesResourcesApi.md#readallagreementlanguages) | **Get** /v1/environments/{environmentID}/agreements/{agreementID}/languages | READ All Languages @@ -230,10 +230,10 @@ Class | Method | HTTP request | Description *LanguagesApi* | [**V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDLanguagesLanguageIDGet**](docs/LanguagesApi.md#v1environmentsenvironmentidlanguageslanguageidget) | **Get** /v1/environments/{environmentID}/languages/{languageID} | READ One Language *LanguagesApi* | [**V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDLanguagesLanguageIDPut**](docs/LanguagesApi.md#v1environmentsenvironmentidlanguageslanguageidput) | **Put** /v1/environments/{environmentID}/languages/{languageID} | UPDATE Language *LanguagesApi* | [**V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDLanguagesPost**](docs/LanguagesApi.md#v1environmentsenvironmentidlanguagespost) | **Post** /v1/environments/{environmentID}/languages/ | CREATE Language -*LicensesApi* | [**V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGet**](docs/LicensesApi.md#v1organizationsorganizationidlicensesget) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses | READ All Licenses -*LicensesApi* | [**V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGet**](docs/LicensesApi.md#v1organizationsorganizationidlicenseslicenseidget) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID} | READ One License -*LicensesApi* | [**V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGet**](docs/LicensesApi.md#v1organizationsorganizationidlicenseslicenseidnameget) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/name | READ One License Name -*LicensesApi* | [**V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePut**](docs/LicensesApi.md#v1organizationsorganizationidlicenseslicenseidnameput) | **Put** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/name | Update One License Name +*LicensesApi* | [**ReadAllLicenses**](docs/LicensesApi.md#readalllicenses) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses | READ All Licenses +*LicensesApi* | [**ReadOneLicense**](docs/LicensesApi.md#readonelicense) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID} | READ One License +*LicensesApi* | [**ReadOneLicenseName**](docs/LicensesApi.md#readonelicensename) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/name | READ One License Name +*LicensesApi* | [**UpdateOneLicenseName**](docs/LicensesApi.md#updateonelicensename) | **Put** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/name | Update One License Name *LinkedAccountsApi* | [**V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDUsersUserIDLinkedAccountsGet**](docs/LinkedAccountsApi.md#v1environmentsenvironmentidusersuseridlinkedaccountsget) | **Get** /v1/environments/{environmentID}/users/{userID}/linkedAccounts | READ Linked Accounts *LinkedAccountsApi* | [**V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDUsersUserIDLinkedAccountsLinkedAccountIDDelete**](docs/LinkedAccountsApi.md#v1environmentsenvironmentidusersuseridlinkedaccountslinkedaccountiddelete) | **Delete** /v1/environments/{environmentID}/users/{userID}/linkedAccounts/{linkedAccountID} | DELETE Linked Account *LinkedAccountsApi* | [**V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDUsersUserIDLinkedAccountsLinkedAccountIDGet**](docs/LinkedAccountsApi.md#v1environmentsenvironmentidusersuseridlinkedaccountslinkedaccountidget) | **Get** /v1/environments/{environmentID}/users/{userID}/linkedAccounts/{linkedAccountID} | READ One Linked Account @@ -499,6 +499,8 @@ Class | Method | HTTP request | Description - [EnumIdentityProviderOIDCTokenAuthMethod](docs/EnumIdentityProviderOIDCTokenAuthMethod.md) - [EnumIdentityProviderSAMLSSOBinding](docs/EnumIdentityProviderSAMLSSOBinding.md) - [EnumImageFormat](docs/EnumImageFormat.md) + - [EnumLicensePackage](docs/EnumLicensePackage.md) + - [EnumLicenseStatus](docs/EnumLicenseStatus.md) - [EnumOrganizationType](docs/EnumOrganizationType.md) - [EnumPasscodeRefreshTimeUnit](docs/EnumPasscodeRefreshTimeUnit.md) - [EnumProductType](docs/EnumProductType.md) @@ -565,10 +567,21 @@ Class | Method | HTTP request | Description - [IdentityProviderSAML](docs/IdentityProviderSAML.md) - [IdentityProviderSAMLAllOf](docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOf.md) - [IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification](docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification.md) + - [IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates](docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates.md) - [IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfSpSigning](docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfSpSigning.md) - [IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfSpSigningKey](docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfSpSigningKey.md) - [Image](docs/Image.md) - [ImageTargets](docs/ImageTargets.md) + - [License](docs/License.md) + - [LicenseAuthorize](docs/LicenseAuthorize.md) + - [LicenseEnvironments](docs/LicenseEnvironments.md) + - [LicenseIntelligence](docs/LicenseIntelligence.md) + - [LicenseMfa](docs/LicenseMfa.md) + - [LicenseName](docs/LicenseName.md) + - [LicenseReplacedByLicense](docs/LicenseReplacedByLicense.md) + - [LicenseReplacesLicense](docs/LicenseReplacesLicense.md) + - [LicenseUsers](docs/LicenseUsers.md) + - [LicenseVerify](docs/LicenseVerify.md) - [ObjectApplication](docs/ObjectApplication.md) - [ObjectEnvironment](docs/ObjectEnvironment.md) - [ObjectOrganization](docs/ObjectOrganization.md) diff --git a/management/api/openapi.yaml b/management/api/openapi.yaml index 26fc4565..eb3ea3c2 100644 --- a/management/api/openapi.yaml +++ b/management/api/openapi.yaml @@ -20701,6 +20701,7 @@ paths: - Capabilities /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses: get: + operationId: readAllLicenses parameters: - explode: false in: path @@ -20709,6 +20710,24 @@ paths: schema: type: string style: simple + - description: "For organizations with more than one license, you can use a\ + \ filter to return the list of licenses in descending order." + example: "filter=beginsAt lt \"{{now}}\"" + explode: true + in: query + name: filter + required: false + schema: + type: string + style: form + - example: order=-beginsAt + explode: true + in: query + name: order + required: false + schema: + type: string + style: form responses: "400": content: @@ -20749,13 +20768,16 @@ paths: description: Uncaught error occurred. Platform outage "200": content: - application/json: {} + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EntityArray' description: Successful response summary: READ All Licenses tags: - Licenses /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}: get: + operationId: readOneLicense parameters: - explode: false in: path @@ -20811,13 +20833,16 @@ paths: description: Uncaught error occurred. Platform outage "200": content: - application/json: {} + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/License' description: Successful response summary: READ One License tags: - Licenses /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/name: get: + operationId: readOneLicenseName parameters: - explode: false in: path @@ -20873,12 +20898,15 @@ paths: description: Uncaught error occurred. Platform outage "200": content: - application/json: {} + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LicenseName' description: Successful response summary: READ One License Name tags: - Licenses put: + operationId: updateOneLicenseName parameters: - explode: false in: path @@ -20898,9 +20926,7 @@ paths: content: application/json: schema: - example: - name: Internal Test License - type: object + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LicenseName' responses: "400": content: @@ -20941,13 +20967,16 @@ paths: description: Uncaught error occurred. Platform outage "200": content: - application/json: {} + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LicenseName' description: Successful response summary: Update One License Name tags: - Licenses /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/metrics/activeIdentityCounts: get: + operationId: readActiveIdentityCount parameters: - example: calendarMonth explode: true @@ -21468,6 +21497,27 @@ components: - JPG - GIF type: string + EnumLicensePackage: + description: "A string that specifies the license template on which this license\ + \ is based. This is a required property. Options are `TRIAL`, `STANDARD`,\ + \ `PREMIUM`, `MFA`, `RISK`, `MFARISK`, and `GLOBAL`." + enum: + - TRIAL + - STANDARD + - PREMIUM + - MFA + - RISK + - MFARISK + - GLOBAL + type: string + EnumLicenseStatus: + description: "A string that specifies the status of the license. Options are\ + \ `ACTIVE`, `EXPIRED`, and `FUTURE`." + enum: + - ACTIVE + - EXPIRED + - FUTURE + type: string EnumOrganizationType: description: "A string that specifies the organization type. If the organization\ \ has any paid licenses, the type property value is set to `PAID`. Otherwise,\ @@ -21516,8 +21566,8 @@ components: - PING_CENTRAL type: string EnumRegionCode: - description: A string that specifies the region in which this environment will - be used. The value is set when the environment is created and cannot be updated. + description: A string that specifies the environment region code. The value + is set when the environment is created and cannot be updated. enum: - AP - CA @@ -21591,18 +21641,11 @@ components: type: string EnumSignOnPolicyExtraVerification: default: disabled - description: "Specifies the level of further verification when deviceAuthorization\ - \ is enabled. The PingOne platform performs an extra verification check by\ - \ sending a silent push notification to the customer native application, and\ - \ receives a confirmation in return. `extraVerification` can be one of the\ - \ following levels:\n`disabled` (default): The PingOne platform does not perform\ - \ the extra verification check.\n`permissive`: The PingOne platform performs\ - \ the extra verification check. Upon timeout or failure to get a response\ - \ from the native app, the MFA step is treated as successfully completed.\n\ - `restrictive`: The PingOne platform performs the extra verification check.The\ - \ PingOne platform performs the extra verification check. Upon timeout or\ - \ failure to get a response from the native app, the MFA step is treated as\ - \ failed.\n" + description: | + Specifies the level of further verification when deviceAuthorization is enabled. The PingOne platform performs an extra verification check by sending a silent push notification to the customer native application, and receives a confirmation in return. `extraVerification` can be one of the following levels: + `disabled` (default): The PingOne platform does not perform the extra verification check. + `permissive`: The PingOne platform performs the extra verification check. Upon timeout or failure to get a response from the native app, the MFA step is treated as successfully completed. + `restrictive`: The PingOne platform performs the extra verification check.The PingOne platform performs the extra verification check. Upon timeout or failure to get a response from the native app, the MFA step is treated as failed. enum: - disabled - permissive @@ -22342,11 +22385,11 @@ components: certificate: certificate properties: certificate: - description: "A string that specifies the PEM-encoded certificate to import.\ - \ This is a required property. The following validation is performed on\ - \ the certificate: \\\nIt must not be expired. \\\nIt MUST not be self\ - \ signed. \\\nThe custom domain name MUST match one of the subject alternative\ - \ name (SAN) values on the certificate.\n" + description: | + A string that specifies the PEM-encoded certificate to import. This is a required property. The following validation is performed on the certificate: \ + It must not be expired. \ + It MUST not be self signed. \ + The custom domain name MUST match one of the subject alternative name (SAN) values on the certificate. type: string intermediateCertificates: description: A string that specifies the PEM-encoded certificate chain. @@ -22494,7 +22537,7 @@ components: type: object EntityArray: example: - size: 5.944895607614016 + size: 0.8851374739011653 _embedded: subscriptions: - createdAt: 2000-01-23T04:56:07.000+00:00 @@ -22714,14 +22757,14 @@ components: status: null passwordPolicies: - minCharacters: - ~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}|;:,.<>/?: 8 + "~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}|;:,.<>/?": 1 "0123456789": 6 - ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ: 9 - abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz: 9 - populationCount: 3 + ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ: 6 + abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz: 3 + populationCount: 6 length: - min: 11 - max: 1 + min: 20 + max: 4 notSimilarToCurrent: true description: description newPassword: newPassword @@ -22729,7 +22772,7 @@ components: history: retentionDays: 1 count: 1 - minComplexity: 9 + minComplexity: 2 excludesProfileData: true currentPassword: currentPassword createdAt: createdAt @@ -22744,18 +22787,18 @@ components: name: name maxAgeDays: 1 id: id - maxRepeatedCharacters: 4 + maxRepeatedCharacters: 8 minAgeDays: 1 updatedAt: updatedAt - minCharacters: - ~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}|;:,.<>/?: 8 + "~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}|;:,.<>/?": 1 "0123456789": 6 - ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ: 9 - abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz: 9 - populationCount: 3 + ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ: 6 + abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz: 3 + populationCount: 6 length: - min: 11 - max: 1 + min: 20 + max: 4 notSimilarToCurrent: true description: description newPassword: newPassword @@ -22763,7 +22806,7 @@ components: history: retentionDays: 1 count: 1 - minComplexity: 9 + minComplexity: 2 excludesProfileData: true currentPassword: currentPassword createdAt: createdAt @@ -22778,7 +22821,7 @@ components: name: name maxAgeDays: 1 id: id - maxRepeatedCharacters: 4 + maxRepeatedCharacters: 8 minAgeDays: 1 updatedAt: updatedAt revisions: @@ -22958,7 +23001,7 @@ components: id: id resource: id: id - accessTokenValiditySeconds: 1 + accessTokenValiditySeconds: 6 name: name description: description id: id @@ -22970,7 +23013,7 @@ components: id: id resource: id: id - accessTokenValiditySeconds: 1 + accessTokenValiditySeconds: 6 name: name description: description id: id @@ -23039,7 +23082,7 @@ components: account: canAuthenticate: true lockedAt: lockedAt - secondsUntilUnlock: 6 + secondsUntilUnlock: 3 unlockAt: unlockAt status: null username: username @@ -23105,7 +23148,7 @@ components: account: canAuthenticate: true lockedAt: lockedAt - secondsUntilUnlock: 6 + secondsUntilUnlock: 3 unlockAt: unlockAt status: null username: username @@ -23126,6 +23169,115 @@ components: id: id id: id priority: 1 + licenses: + - package: null + environments: + allowConnections: true + regions: null + max: 1 + allowCustomSchema: true + allowProduction: true + allowCustomDomain: true + mfa: + allowFido2Devices: true + allowPushNotification: true + allowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist: true + expiresAt: expiresAt + users: + allowUpdateSelf: true + allowPasswordPolicy: true + max: 1 + allowMyAccount: true + allowPasswordOnlyAuthentication: true + allowRoleAssignment: true + entitledToSupport: true + annualActiveIncluded: 1 + allowPasswordManagement: true + allowIdentityProviders: true + allowVerificationFlow: true + monthlyActiveIncluded: 6 + allowProvisioning: true + allowPasswordManagementNotifications: true + intelligence: + allowReputation: true + allowRisk: true + allowDataConsent: true + allowGeoVelocity: true + allowAnonymousNetworkDetection: true + organization: + id: id + terminatesAt: terminatesAt + name: name + verify: + allowDocumentMatch: true + allowManualIdInspection: true + allowFaceMatch: true + allowPushNotifications: true + assignedEnvironmentsCount: 7 + beginsAt: beginsAt + replacedByLicense: + id: id + id: id + replacesLicense: + id: id + authorize: + allowApiAccessManagement: true + allowDynamicAuthorization: true + status: null + - package: null + environments: + allowConnections: true + regions: null + max: 1 + allowCustomSchema: true + allowProduction: true + allowCustomDomain: true + mfa: + allowFido2Devices: true + allowPushNotification: true + allowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist: true + expiresAt: expiresAt + users: + allowUpdateSelf: true + allowPasswordPolicy: true + max: 1 + allowMyAccount: true + allowPasswordOnlyAuthentication: true + allowRoleAssignment: true + entitledToSupport: true + annualActiveIncluded: 1 + allowPasswordManagement: true + allowIdentityProviders: true + allowVerificationFlow: true + monthlyActiveIncluded: 6 + allowProvisioning: true + allowPasswordManagementNotifications: true + intelligence: + allowReputation: true + allowRisk: true + allowDataConsent: true + allowGeoVelocity: true + allowAnonymousNetworkDetection: true + organization: + id: id + terminatesAt: terminatesAt + name: name + verify: + allowDocumentMatch: true + allowManualIdInspection: true + allowFaceMatch: true + allowPushNotifications: true + assignedEnvironmentsCount: 7 + beginsAt: beginsAt + replacedByLicense: + id: id + id: id + replacesLicense: + id: id + authorize: + allowApiAccessManagement: true + allowDynamicAuthorization: true + status: null certificates: - serialNumber: 5 issuerDN: issuerDN @@ -23291,7 +23443,7 @@ components: - createdAt: createdAt passwordPolicy: id: id - userCount: 6 + userCount: 5 name: name description: description id: id @@ -23299,7 +23451,7 @@ components: - createdAt: createdAt passwordPolicy: id: id - userCount: 6 + userCount: 5 name: name description: description id: id @@ -23350,7 +23502,7 @@ components: applications: - null - null - count: 6.878052220127876 + count: 7.143538047012306 properties: _embedded: $ref: '#/components/schemas/EntityArray__embedded' @@ -23802,6 +23954,134 @@ components: targets: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Image_targets' type: object + License: + example: + package: null + environments: + allowConnections: true + regions: null + max: 1 + allowCustomSchema: true + allowProduction: true + allowCustomDomain: true + mfa: + allowFido2Devices: true + allowPushNotification: true + allowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist: true + expiresAt: expiresAt + users: + allowUpdateSelf: true + allowPasswordPolicy: true + max: 1 + allowMyAccount: true + allowPasswordOnlyAuthentication: true + allowRoleAssignment: true + entitledToSupport: true + annualActiveIncluded: 1 + allowPasswordManagement: true + allowIdentityProviders: true + allowVerificationFlow: true + monthlyActiveIncluded: 6 + allowProvisioning: true + allowPasswordManagementNotifications: true + intelligence: + allowReputation: true + allowRisk: true + allowDataConsent: true + allowGeoVelocity: true + allowAnonymousNetworkDetection: true + organization: + id: id + terminatesAt: terminatesAt + name: name + verify: + allowDocumentMatch: true + allowManualIdInspection: true + allowFaceMatch: true + allowPushNotifications: true + assignedEnvironmentsCount: 7 + beginsAt: beginsAt + replacedByLicense: + id: id + id: id + replacesLicense: + id: id + authorize: + allowApiAccessManagement: true + allowDynamicAuthorization: true + status: null + properties: + assignedEnvironmentsCount: + description: A read-only integer that specifies the total number of environments + associated with this license. + readOnly: true + type: integer + authorize: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/License_authorize' + beginsAt: + description: The date and time this license begins. + format: datetime + readOnly: true + type: string + environments: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/License_environments' + expiresAt: + description: The date and time this license expires. TRIAL licenses stop + access to PingOne services at expiration. All other licenses trigger an + event to send a notification when the license expires but do not block + services. + format: datetime + readOnly: true + type: string + id: + description: A read-only string that specifies the license resource’s unique + identifier. + readOnly: true + type: string + intelligence: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/License_intelligence' + mfa: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/License_mfa' + name: + description: "A string that specifies a descriptive name for the license.\ + \ This is a required property in a license name update request. Valid\ + \ characters consists of any Unicode letter, mark, numeric character,\ + \ forward slash, dot, apostrophe, underscore, space, or hyphen. The maximum\ + \ length of a name is 255 characters." + type: string + organization: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectOrganization' + package: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnumLicensePackage' + replacesLicense: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/License_replacesLicense' + replacedByLicense: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/License_replacedByLicense' + status: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnumLicenseStatus' + terminatesAt: + description: An optional attribute that designates the exact date and time + when this license terminates access to PingOne services. This attribute + can be added to any licensing package. + format: datetime + type: string + users: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/License_users' + verify: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/License_verify' + required: + - name + type: object + LicenseName: + example: + name: name + properties: + name: + description: The license name + type: string + required: + - name + type: object PKICAResponseFileUpload: properties: file: @@ -23933,14 +24213,14 @@ components: PasswordPolicy: example: minCharacters: - ~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}|;:,.<>/?: 8 + "~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}|;:,.<>/?": 1 "0123456789": 6 - ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ: 9 - abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz: 9 - populationCount: 3 + ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ: 6 + abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz: 3 + populationCount: 6 length: - min: 11 - max: 1 + min: 20 + max: 4 notSimilarToCurrent: true description: description newPassword: newPassword @@ -23948,7 +24228,7 @@ components: history: retentionDays: 1 count: 1 - minComplexity: 9 + minComplexity: 2 excludesProfileData: true currentPassword: currentPassword createdAt: createdAt @@ -23963,7 +24243,7 @@ components: name: name maxAgeDays: 1 id: id - maxRepeatedCharacters: 4 + maxRepeatedCharacters: 8 minAgeDays: 1 updatedAt: updatedAt properties: @@ -24076,7 +24356,7 @@ components: createdAt: createdAt passwordPolicy: id: id - userCount: 6 + userCount: 5 name: name description: description id: id @@ -24118,7 +24398,7 @@ components: id: id resource: id: id - accessTokenValiditySeconds: 1 + accessTokenValiditySeconds: 6 name: name description: description id: id @@ -24857,7 +25137,7 @@ components: account: canAuthenticate: true lockedAt: lockedAt - secondsUntilUnlock: 6 + secondsUntilUnlock: 3 unlockAt: unlockAt status: null username: username @@ -25260,6 +25540,7 @@ components: required: - homePageUrl type: object + example: null ApplicationSAML_allOf_idpSigning_key: properties: id: @@ -25270,6 +25551,7 @@ components: required: - id type: object + example: null ApplicationSAML_allOf_idpSigning: properties: key: @@ -25281,6 +25563,7 @@ components: required: - key type: object + example: null ApplicationSAML_allOf_spVerification_certificates: properties: id: @@ -25290,6 +25573,7 @@ components: required: - id type: object + example: null ApplicationSAML_allOf_spVerification: properties: certificates: @@ -25299,6 +25583,7 @@ components: required: - certificates type: object + example: null ApplicationSAML_allOf: properties: acsUrls: @@ -25350,6 +25635,7 @@ components: - assertionDuration - spEntityId type: object + example: null ApplicationOIDC_allOf_mobile_passcodeRefreshDuration: properties: duration: @@ -25365,6 +25651,7 @@ components: - duration - timeUnit type: object + example: null ApplicationOIDC_allOf_mobile_integrityDetection_cacheDuration: properties: amount: @@ -25378,6 +25665,7 @@ components: units: $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnumDurationUnitMinsHours' type: object + example: null ApplicationOIDC_allOf_mobile_integrityDetection: properties: mode: @@ -25385,6 +25673,7 @@ components: cacheDuration: $ref: '#/components/schemas/ApplicationOIDC_allOf_mobile_integrityDetection_cacheDuration' type: object + example: null ApplicationOIDC_allOf_mobile: properties: bundleId: @@ -25404,6 +25693,7 @@ components: integrityDetection: $ref: '#/components/schemas/ApplicationOIDC_allOf_mobile_integrityDetection' type: object + example: null ApplicationOIDC_allOf_kerberos_key: description: A Relationship object containing the certificate issuer (root CA). properties: @@ -25413,6 +25703,7 @@ components: required: - id type: object + example: null ApplicationOIDC_allOf_kerberos: description: Object containing Kerberos settings properties: @@ -25421,6 +25712,7 @@ components: required: - key type: object + example: null ApplicationOIDC_allOf: properties: mobile: @@ -25493,6 +25785,7 @@ components: - grantTypes - tokenEndpointAuthMethod type: object + example: null ApplicationOIDCInternal_allOf: properties: pkceEnforcement: @@ -25502,6 +25795,7 @@ components: required: - tokenEndpointAuthMethod type: object + example: null ApplicationPingOnePortal_allOf: properties: applyDefaultTheme: @@ -25510,6 +25804,7 @@ components: required: - applyDefaultTheme type: object + example: null ApplicationPingOneSelfService_allOf: properties: enableDefaultThemeFooter: @@ -25522,6 +25817,7 @@ components: required: - applyDefaultTheme type: object + example: null ApplicationAttributeMapping_application: example: id: id @@ -25943,14 +26239,14 @@ components: status: null passwordPolicies: - minCharacters: - ~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}|;:,.<>/?: 8 + "~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}|;:,.<>/?": 1 "0123456789": 6 - ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ: 9 - abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz: 9 - populationCount: 3 + ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ: 6 + abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz: 3 + populationCount: 6 length: - min: 11 - max: 1 + min: 20 + max: 4 notSimilarToCurrent: true description: description newPassword: newPassword @@ -25958,7 +26254,7 @@ components: history: retentionDays: 1 count: 1 - minComplexity: 9 + minComplexity: 2 excludesProfileData: true currentPassword: currentPassword createdAt: createdAt @@ -25973,18 +26269,18 @@ components: name: name maxAgeDays: 1 id: id - maxRepeatedCharacters: 4 + maxRepeatedCharacters: 8 minAgeDays: 1 updatedAt: updatedAt - minCharacters: - ~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}|;:,.<>/?: 8 + "~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}|;:,.<>/?": 1 "0123456789": 6 - ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ: 9 - abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz: 9 - populationCount: 3 + ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ: 6 + abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz: 3 + populationCount: 6 length: - min: 11 - max: 1 + min: 20 + max: 4 notSimilarToCurrent: true description: description newPassword: newPassword @@ -25992,7 +26288,7 @@ components: history: retentionDays: 1 count: 1 - minComplexity: 9 + minComplexity: 2 excludesProfileData: true currentPassword: currentPassword createdAt: createdAt @@ -26007,7 +26303,7 @@ components: name: name maxAgeDays: 1 id: id - maxRepeatedCharacters: 4 + maxRepeatedCharacters: 8 minAgeDays: 1 updatedAt: updatedAt revisions: @@ -26187,7 +26483,7 @@ components: id: id resource: id: id - accessTokenValiditySeconds: 1 + accessTokenValiditySeconds: 6 name: name description: description id: id @@ -26199,7 +26495,7 @@ components: id: id resource: id: id - accessTokenValiditySeconds: 1 + accessTokenValiditySeconds: 6 name: name description: description id: id @@ -26268,7 +26564,7 @@ components: account: canAuthenticate: true lockedAt: lockedAt - secondsUntilUnlock: 6 + secondsUntilUnlock: 3 unlockAt: unlockAt status: null username: username @@ -26334,7 +26630,7 @@ components: account: canAuthenticate: true lockedAt: lockedAt - secondsUntilUnlock: 6 + secondsUntilUnlock: 3 unlockAt: unlockAt status: null username: username @@ -26355,6 +26651,115 @@ components: id: id id: id priority: 1 + licenses: + - package: null + environments: + allowConnections: true + regions: null + max: 1 + allowCustomSchema: true + allowProduction: true + allowCustomDomain: true + mfa: + allowFido2Devices: true + allowPushNotification: true + allowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist: true + expiresAt: expiresAt + users: + allowUpdateSelf: true + allowPasswordPolicy: true + max: 1 + allowMyAccount: true + allowPasswordOnlyAuthentication: true + allowRoleAssignment: true + entitledToSupport: true + annualActiveIncluded: 1 + allowPasswordManagement: true + allowIdentityProviders: true + allowVerificationFlow: true + monthlyActiveIncluded: 6 + allowProvisioning: true + allowPasswordManagementNotifications: true + intelligence: + allowReputation: true + allowRisk: true + allowDataConsent: true + allowGeoVelocity: true + allowAnonymousNetworkDetection: true + organization: + id: id + terminatesAt: terminatesAt + name: name + verify: + allowDocumentMatch: true + allowManualIdInspection: true + allowFaceMatch: true + allowPushNotifications: true + assignedEnvironmentsCount: 7 + beginsAt: beginsAt + replacedByLicense: + id: id + id: id + replacesLicense: + id: id + authorize: + allowApiAccessManagement: true + allowDynamicAuthorization: true + status: null + - package: null + environments: + allowConnections: true + regions: null + max: 1 + allowCustomSchema: true + allowProduction: true + allowCustomDomain: true + mfa: + allowFido2Devices: true + allowPushNotification: true + allowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist: true + expiresAt: expiresAt + users: + allowUpdateSelf: true + allowPasswordPolicy: true + max: 1 + allowMyAccount: true + allowPasswordOnlyAuthentication: true + allowRoleAssignment: true + entitledToSupport: true + annualActiveIncluded: 1 + allowPasswordManagement: true + allowIdentityProviders: true + allowVerificationFlow: true + monthlyActiveIncluded: 6 + allowProvisioning: true + allowPasswordManagementNotifications: true + intelligence: + allowReputation: true + allowRisk: true + allowDataConsent: true + allowGeoVelocity: true + allowAnonymousNetworkDetection: true + organization: + id: id + terminatesAt: terminatesAt + name: name + verify: + allowDocumentMatch: true + allowManualIdInspection: true + allowFaceMatch: true + allowPushNotifications: true + assignedEnvironmentsCount: 7 + beginsAt: beginsAt + replacedByLicense: + id: id + id: id + replacesLicense: + id: id + authorize: + allowApiAccessManagement: true + allowDynamicAuthorization: true + status: null certificates: - serialNumber: 5 issuerDN: issuerDN @@ -26520,7 +26925,7 @@ components: - createdAt: createdAt passwordPolicy: id: id - userCount: 6 + userCount: 5 name: name description: description id: id @@ -26528,7 +26933,7 @@ components: - createdAt: createdAt passwordPolicy: id: id - userCount: 6 + userCount: 5 name: name description: description id: id @@ -26652,6 +27057,10 @@ components: items: $ref: '#/components/schemas/AgreementLanguage' type: array + licenses: + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/License' + type: array organizations: items: $ref: '#/components/schemas/Organization' @@ -26766,6 +27175,7 @@ components: required: - serviceAccountUserPrincipalName type: object + example: null GatewayLDAP_allOf_newUserLookup_attributeMappings: properties: name: @@ -26780,6 +27190,7 @@ components: - name - value type: object + example: null GatewayLDAP_allOf_newUserLookup_population: description: The PingOne population to use to create user entries during lookup. properties: @@ -26790,6 +27201,7 @@ components: required: - id type: object + example: null GatewayLDAP_allOf_newUserLookup: description: "The configurations for initially authenticating new users who\ \ will be migrated to PingOne. Note If there are multiple users having the\ @@ -26814,6 +27226,7 @@ components: - ldapFilterPattern - population type: object + example: null GatewayLDAP_allOf_userTypes: properties: allowPasswordChanges: @@ -26849,6 +27262,7 @@ components: - passwordAuthority - searchBaseDn type: object + example: null GatewayLDAP_allOf: properties: bindDN: @@ -26895,6 +27309,7 @@ components: - serversHostAndPort - vendor type: object + example: null GatewayInstance_gateway: example: id: id @@ -27022,6 +27437,7 @@ components: - appId - appSecret type: object + example: null IdentityProviderClientIDClientSecret_allOf: properties: clientId: @@ -27036,6 +27452,7 @@ components: - clientId - clientSecret type: object + example: null IdentityProviderOIDC_allOf: properties: authorizationEndpoint: @@ -27090,6 +27507,7 @@ components: - tokenEndpoint - tokenEndpointAuthMethod type: object + example: null IdentityProviderApple_allOf: properties: clientId: @@ -27115,6 +27533,7 @@ components: - keyId - teamId type: object + example: null IdentityProviderPaypal_allOf: properties: clientId: @@ -27134,6 +27553,15 @@ components: - clientId - clientSecret type: object + example: null + IdentityProviderSAML_allOf_idpVerification_certificates: + properties: + id: + type: string + required: + - id + type: object + example: null IdentityProviderSAML_allOf_idpVerification: properties: certificates: @@ -27142,11 +27570,12 @@ components: provider. Signing is done with a private key and verified with a public key. items: - $ref: '#/components/schemas/Application_accessControl_group_groups_inner' + $ref: '#/components/schemas/IdentityProviderSAML_allOf_idpVerification_certificates' type: array required: - certificates type: object + example: null IdentityProviderSAML_allOf_spSigning_key: properties: id: @@ -27156,6 +27585,7 @@ components: required: - id type: object + example: null IdentityProviderSAML_allOf_spSigning: properties: key: @@ -27163,6 +27593,7 @@ components: required: - key type: object + example: null IdentityProviderSAML_allOf: properties: authnRequestSigned: @@ -27197,6 +27628,7 @@ components: - ssoBinding - ssoEndpoint type: object + example: null Image_targets: example: width: 0 @@ -27225,6 +27657,249 @@ components: readOnly: true type: integer type: object + License_authorize: + example: + allowApiAccessManagement: true + allowDynamicAuthorization: true + properties: + allowApiAccessManagement: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne + Authorize API access management feature. + type: boolean + allowDynamicAuthorization: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne + Authorize dynamic authorization feature. + type: boolean + readOnly: true + type: object + License_environments: + example: + allowConnections: true + regions: null + max: 1 + allowCustomSchema: true + allowProduction: true + allowCustomDomain: true + properties: + allowConnections: + description: A boolean that specifies whether the license supports creation + of application connections in the specified environment. + type: boolean + allowCustomDomain: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports + creation of a custom domain in the specified environment. + type: boolean + allowCustomSchema: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports + using custom schema attributes in the specified environment. + type: boolean + allowProduction: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether production environments + are allowed. + type: boolean + max: + description: A read-only integer that specifies the maximum number of environments + allowed. + type: integer + regions: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnumRegionCode' + readOnly: true + type: object + License_intelligence: + example: + allowReputation: true + allowRisk: true + allowDataConsent: true + allowGeoVelocity: true + allowAnonymousNetworkDetection: true + properties: + allowGeoVelocity: + description: "A read-only boolean that specifies whether to use the intelligence\ + \ geo-velocity feature. For `TRIAL` (unpaid) licenses, the default value\ + \ is true. For `ADMIN`, `GLOBAL`, `RISK`, and `MFARISK`, the default value\ + \ is true." + type: boolean + allowAnonymousNetworkDetection: + description: "A read-only boolean that specifies whether to use the intelligence\ + \ anonymous network detection feature. For `TRIAL` (unpaid) licenses,\ + \ the default value is true. For `ADMIN`, `GLOBAL`, `RISK`, and `MFARISK`,\ + \ the default value is true." + type: boolean + allowReputation: + description: "A read-only boolean that specifies whether to use the intelligence\ + \ IP reputation feature. For `TRIAL` (unpaid) licenses, the default value\ + \ is true. For `ADMIN`, `GLOBAL`, `RISK`, and `MFARISK`, the default value\ + \ is true." + type: boolean + allowDataConsent: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the customer has + opted in to allow user and event behavior analytics (UEBA) data collection. + type: boolean + allowRisk: + description: "A read-only boolean that specifies whether your license permits\ + \ you to configure risk features such as sign-on policies that include\ + \ rules to detect anomalous changes to your locations (such as impossible\ + \ travel). This capability is supported for TRIAL, RISK, and MFARISK license\ + \ packages. Note, The sharing of user data to enable our machine-learning\ + \ engine, which is integral to PingOne Risk, is captured in the license\ + \ property license.intelligence.allowDataConsent, but it is not set to\ + \ true by default in any license package. This license capability always\ + \ requires active consent by the customer before it can be enabled, and\ + \ if consent is given, then it allows the full scope of intelligence features\ + \ included in PingOne Risk (and PingOne Risk plus MFA)." + type: boolean + readOnly: true + type: object + License_mfa: + example: + allowFido2Devices: true + allowPushNotification: true + allowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist: true + properties: + allowPushNotification: + description: "A read-only boolean that specifies whether push notifications\ + \ are allowed. For TRIAL (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true.\ + \ For other license package types, adoption of the feature determines\ + \ the default value." + type: boolean + allowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports + sending notifications outside of the environment's whitelist. + type: boolean + allowFido2Devices: + description: "A read-only boolean that specifies whether FIDO2 devices are\ + \ allowed. For TRIAL (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For\ + \ other license package types, adoption of the feature determines the\ + \ default value." + type: boolean + readOnly: true + type: object + License_replacesLicense: + description: A read-only object that specifies the license ID of the license + that is replaced by this license. + example: + id: id + properties: + id: + description: A read-only string that specifies the license ID of the license + that is replaced by this license. + type: string + type: object + License_replacedByLicense: + description: A read-only object that specifies the license ID of the license + that replaces this license. + example: + id: id + properties: + id: + description: A read-only string that specifies the license ID of the license + that replaces this license. + type: string + type: object + License_users: + example: + allowUpdateSelf: true + allowPasswordPolicy: true + max: 1 + allowMyAccount: true + allowPasswordOnlyAuthentication: true + allowRoleAssignment: true + entitledToSupport: true + annualActiveIncluded: 1 + allowPasswordManagement: true + allowIdentityProviders: true + allowVerificationFlow: true + monthlyActiveIncluded: 6 + allowProvisioning: true + allowPasswordManagementNotifications: true + properties: + allowPasswordManagementNotifications: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports + sending password management notifications. + type: boolean + allowIdentityProviders: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports + using external identity providers in the specified environment. + type: boolean + allowMyAccount: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports + using My Account capabilities in the specified environment. + type: boolean + allowPasswordManagement: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports + using password management capabilities in the specified environment. + type: boolean + allowPasswordOnlyAuthentication: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports + using password only login capabilities in the specified environment. + type: boolean + allowPasswordPolicy: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports + using password policies in the specified environment. + type: boolean + allowProvisioning: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports + using provisioning capabilities in the specified environment. + type: boolean + allowRoleAssignment: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports + role assignments in the specified environment. + type: boolean + allowVerificationFlow: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports + using verification flows in the specified environment. + type: boolean + allowUpdateSelf: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports + allowing users to update their own profile. + type: boolean + entitledToSupport: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license allows + PingOne support. + type: boolean + max: + description: An read-only integer that specifies the maximum number of users + allowed per environment. + type: integer + annualActiveIncluded: + description: A read-only integer that specifies a soft limit on the number + of active identities across all environments on the license per year. + This property is not visible if a value is not provided at the time the + license is created. + type: integer + monthlyActiveIncluded: + description: A read-only integer that specifies a soft limit on the number + of active identities across all environments on the license per month. + This property is not visible if a value is not provided at the time the + license is created. + type: integer + readOnly: true + type: object + License_verify: + example: + allowDocumentMatch: true + allowManualIdInspection: true + allowFaceMatch: true + allowPushNotifications: true + properties: + allowPushNotifications: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne + Verify push notifications feature. + type: boolean + allowDocumentMatch: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne + Verify document matching feature. + type: boolean + allowFaceMatch: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne + Verify face matching feature. + type: boolean + allowManualIdInspection: + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne + Verify manual ID inspection feature. + type: boolean + readOnly: true + type: object Organization_billingConnections_inner: example: id: id @@ -27297,8 +27972,8 @@ components: PasswordPolicy_length: description: Settings to control the user's password length example: - min: 11 - max: 1 + min: 20 + max: 4 properties: max: default: 255 @@ -27340,10 +28015,10 @@ components: \ and `~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}\\|;:,.<>/?`. This property is not enforced when\ \ not present." example: - ~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}|;:,.<>/?: 8 + "~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}|;:,.<>/?": 1 "0123456789": 6 - ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ: 9 - abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz: 9 + ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ: 6 + abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz: 3 properties: ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ: description: Count of alphabetical uppercase characters (`ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ`) @@ -27357,7 +28032,7 @@ components: description: Count of numeric characters (`0123456789`) that should feature in the user's password. type: integer - ~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}|;:,.<>/?: + "~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}|;:,.<>/?": description: "Count of special characters (`~!@#$%^&*()-_=+[]{}\\\\|;:,.<>/?`)\ \ that should feature in the user's password." type: integer @@ -27477,6 +28152,7 @@ components: required: - enabled type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionLogin_allOf_registration_external: properties: href: @@ -27488,6 +28164,7 @@ components: required: - href type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionLogin_allOf_registration_population: properties: id: @@ -27497,6 +28174,7 @@ components: required: - id type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionLogin_allOf_registration: description: Specifies the account registration options. properties: @@ -27522,6 +28200,7 @@ components: required: - enabled type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionLogin_allOf_socialProviders: properties: id: @@ -27531,6 +28210,7 @@ components: required: - id type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionLogin_allOf: properties: enforceLockoutForIdentityProviders: @@ -27549,6 +28229,7 @@ components: $ref: '#/components/schemas/SignOnPolicyActionLogin_allOf_socialProviders' type: array type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionMFA_allOf_authenticator: deprecated: true description: Specifies MFA through a Time-based One-time Password (TOTP) option @@ -27562,6 +28243,7 @@ components: \ to authenticate using a TOTP authenticator application." type: boolean type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionMFA_allOf_boundBiometrics: deprecated: true description: Specifies MFA through a FIDO2 biometrics platform device. @@ -27572,6 +28254,7 @@ components: with a FIDO2 biometrics platform device. type: boolean type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionMFA_allOf_email: deprecated: true description: Specifies MFA through email options. @@ -27584,6 +28267,7 @@ components: \ and authenticate through email." type: boolean type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionMFA_allOf_securityKey: deprecated: true description: Specifies MFA using a FIDO2 or U2F security key device. @@ -27594,6 +28278,7 @@ components: with a security key device. type: boolean type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionMFA_allOf_sms: deprecated: true description: Specifies MFA through SMS text messaging options. @@ -27606,6 +28291,7 @@ components: \ and authenticate through SMS text message." type: boolean type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionMFA_allOf_voice: deprecated: true description: Specifies MFA through voice messaging options. @@ -27618,6 +28304,7 @@ components: \ password and authenticate through a voice message." type: boolean type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionMFA_allOf_autoEnrollment: properties: enabled: @@ -27628,6 +28315,7 @@ components: \ flow." type: boolean type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionMFA_allOf_deviceAuthorization: properties: enabled: @@ -27638,6 +28326,7 @@ components: extraVerification: $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnumSignOnPolicyExtraVerification' type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionMFA_allOf_applications: properties: id: @@ -27649,6 +28338,7 @@ components: required: - id type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionMFA_allOf_deviceAuthenticationPolicy: description: "Details of the MFA policy that should be used. If it is omitted,\ \ the environment default MFA policy is used." @@ -27659,6 +28349,7 @@ components: required: - id type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionMFA_allOf: properties: authenticator: @@ -27687,6 +28378,7 @@ components: noDevicesMode: $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnumSignOnPolicyNoDeviceMode' type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionIDFirst_allOf_condition: properties: contains: @@ -27697,6 +28389,7 @@ components: - contains - value type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionIDFirst_allOf_identityProvider: properties: id: @@ -27706,6 +28399,7 @@ components: required: - id type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionIDFirst_allOf_discoveryRules: properties: condition: @@ -27716,6 +28410,7 @@ components: - condition - identityProvider type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionIDFirst_allOf: properties: discoveryRules: @@ -27743,6 +28438,7 @@ components: $ref: '#/components/schemas/SignOnPolicyActionLogin_allOf_socialProviders' type: array type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionIDP_allOf_identityProvider: description: A reference to the external identity provider that is used to authenticate the user. This property is required. @@ -27754,6 +28450,7 @@ components: required: - id type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionIDP_allOf_registration: description: Specifies the account registration options. properties: @@ -27777,6 +28474,7 @@ components: required: - enabled type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionIDP_allOf: properties: acrValues: @@ -27808,6 +28506,7 @@ components: required: - identityProvider type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionAgreement_allOf_agreement: description: The relationship to the agreement to which the user must consent. The agreement must exist and be enabled. An agreement cannot be disabed if @@ -27821,6 +28520,7 @@ components: required: - id type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionAgreement_allOf: properties: agreement: @@ -27832,6 +28532,7 @@ components: required: - agreement type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionProgressiveProfiling_allOf_attributes: properties: name: @@ -27847,6 +28548,7 @@ components: - name - required type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionProgressiveProfiling_allOf: properties: attributes: @@ -27874,6 +28576,7 @@ components: - promptIntervalSeconds - promptText type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionPingIDWinLoginPasswordless_allOf_uniqueUserAttribute: properties: name: @@ -27884,6 +28587,7 @@ components: required: - name type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionPingIDWinLoginPasswordless_allOf_offlineMode: properties: enabled: @@ -27893,6 +28597,7 @@ components: required: - enabled type: object + example: null SignOnPolicyActionPingIDWinLoginPasswordless_allOf: properties: uniqueUserAttribute: @@ -27903,6 +28608,7 @@ components: - offlineMode - uniqueUserAttribute type: object + example: null Subscription_filterOptions_includedApplications_inner: example: id: id @@ -27987,7 +28693,7 @@ components: example: canAuthenticate: true lockedAt: lockedAt - secondsUntilUnlock: 6 + secondsUntilUnlock: 3 unlockAt: unlockAt status: null properties: diff --git a/management/api_active_identity_counts.go b/management/api_active_identity_counts.go index 1fb5cdb1..4f763036 100644 --- a/management/api_active_identity_counts.go +++ b/management/api_active_identity_counts.go @@ -23,71 +23,75 @@ import ( // ActiveIdentityCountsApiService ActiveIdentityCountsApi service type ActiveIdentityCountsApiService service -type ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest struct { +type ApiReadActiveIdentityCountRequest struct { ctx context.Context ApiService *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService - environmentID string - filter *string + organizationID string + licenseID string + aggregatedBy *string limit *int32 order *string } -func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Filter(filter string) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { - r.filter = &filter +func (r ApiReadActiveIdentityCountRequest) AggregatedBy(aggregatedBy string) ApiReadActiveIdentityCountRequest { + r.aggregatedBy = &aggregatedBy return r } -func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { +func (r ApiReadActiveIdentityCountRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiReadActiveIdentityCountRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } -func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Order(order string) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { +func (r ApiReadActiveIdentityCountRequest) Order(order string) ApiReadActiveIdentityCountRequest { r.order = &order return r } -func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetExecute(r) +func (r ApiReadActiveIdentityCountRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ReadActiveIdentityCountExecute(r) } /* -V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet READ Active Identity Counts (Deprecated) +ReadActiveIdentityCount READ Active Identity Counts by License @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param environmentID - @return ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest + @param organizationID + @param licenseID + @return ApiReadActiveIdentityCountRequest */ -func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet(ctx context.Context, environmentID string) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { - return ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest{ +func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) ReadActiveIdentityCount(ctx context.Context, organizationID string, licenseID string) ApiReadActiveIdentityCountRequest { + return ApiReadActiveIdentityCountRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - environmentID: environmentID, + organizationID: organizationID, + licenseID: licenseID, } } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetExecute(r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) ReadActiveIdentityCountExecute(r ApiReadActiveIdentityCountRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ActiveIdentityCountsApiService.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ActiveIdentityCountsApiService.ReadActiveIdentityCount") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/v1/environments/{environmentID}/activeIdentityCounts" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"environmentID"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterToString(r.environmentID, "")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/metrics/activeIdentityCounts" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"organizationID"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterToString(r.organizationID, "")), -1) + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"licenseID"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterToString(r.licenseID, "")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.filter != nil { - localVarQueryParams.Add("filter", parameterToString(*r.filter, "")) + if r.aggregatedBy != nil { + localVarQueryParams.Add("aggregatedBy", parameterToString(*r.aggregatedBy, "")) } if r.limit != nil { localVarQueryParams.Add("limit", parameterToString(*r.limit, "")) @@ -200,49 +204,43 @@ func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdenti return localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest struct { +type ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest struct { ctx context.Context ApiService *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService environmentID string filter *string limit *int32 order *string - samplePeriod *string } -func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Filter(filter string) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { +func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Filter(filter string) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { r.filter = &filter return r } -func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { +func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } -func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Order(order string) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { +func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Order(order string) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { r.order = &order return r } -func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) SamplePeriod(samplePeriod string) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { - r.samplePeriod = &samplePeriod - return r -} - -func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetExecute(r) +func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetExecute(r) } /* -V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet READ Active Identity Counts by Date Range +V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet READ Active Identity Counts (Deprecated) @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param environmentID - @return ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest + @return ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest */ -func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet(ctx context.Context, environmentID string) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { - return ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest{ +func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet(ctx context.Context, environmentID string) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { + return ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, environmentID: environmentID, @@ -250,19 +248,19 @@ func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiv } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetExecute(r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetExecute(r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ActiveIdentityCountsApiService.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ActiveIdentityCountsApiService.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/v1/environments/{environmentID}/metrics/activeIdentityCounts" + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/v1/environments/{environmentID}/activeIdentityCounts" localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"environmentID"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterToString(r.environmentID, "")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) @@ -278,9 +276,6 @@ func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiv if r.order != nil { localVarQueryParams.Add("order", parameterToString(*r.order, "")) } - if r.samplePeriod != nil { - localVarQueryParams.Add("samplePeriod", parameterToString(*r.samplePeriod, "")) - } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -386,75 +381,77 @@ func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiv return localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest struct { +type ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest struct { ctx context.Context ApiService *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService - organizationID string - licenseID string - aggregatedBy *string + environmentID string + filter *string limit *int32 order *string + samplePeriod *string } -func (r ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) AggregatedBy(aggregatedBy string) ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { - r.aggregatedBy = &aggregatedBy +func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Filter(filter string) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { + r.filter = &filter return r } -func (r ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { +func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Limit(limit int32) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { r.limit = &limit return r } -func (r ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Order(order string) ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { +func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Order(order string) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { r.order = &order return r } -func (r ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetExecute(r) +func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) SamplePeriod(samplePeriod string) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { + r.samplePeriod = &samplePeriod + return r +} + +func (r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetExecute(r) } /* -V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet READ Active Identity Counts by License +V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet READ Active Identity Counts by Date Range @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). - @param organizationID - @param licenseID - @return ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest + @param environmentID + @return ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest */ -func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet(ctx context.Context, organizationID string, licenseID string) ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { - return ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest{ +func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet(ctx context.Context, environmentID string) ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest { + return ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, - organizationID: organizationID, - licenseID: licenseID, + environmentID: environmentID, } } // Execute executes the request -func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetExecute(r ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetExecute(r ApiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest) (*http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ActiveIdentityCountsApiService.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "ActiveIdentityCountsApiService.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet") if err != nil { return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } - localVarPath := localBasePath + "/v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/metrics/activeIdentityCounts" - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"organizationID"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterToString(r.organizationID, "")), -1) - localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"licenseID"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterToString(r.licenseID, "")), -1) + localVarPath := localBasePath + "/v1/environments/{environmentID}/metrics/activeIdentityCounts" + localVarPath = strings.Replace(localVarPath, "{"+"environmentID"+"}", url.PathEscape(parameterToString(r.environmentID, "")), -1) localVarHeaderParams := make(map[string]string) localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} - if r.aggregatedBy != nil { - localVarQueryParams.Add("aggregatedBy", parameterToString(*r.aggregatedBy, "")) + if r.filter != nil { + localVarQueryParams.Add("filter", parameterToString(*r.filter, "")) } if r.limit != nil { localVarQueryParams.Add("limit", parameterToString(*r.limit, "")) @@ -462,6 +459,9 @@ func (a *ActiveIdentityCountsApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLi if r.order != nil { localVarQueryParams.Add("order", parameterToString(*r.order, "")) } + if r.samplePeriod != nil { + localVarQueryParams.Add("samplePeriod", parameterToString(*r.samplePeriod, "")) + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} diff --git a/management/api_licenses.go b/management/api_licenses.go index 75d3f5ca..f38ac097 100644 --- a/management/api_licenses.go +++ b/management/api_licenses.go @@ -23,25 +23,38 @@ import ( // LicensesApiService LicensesApi service type LicensesApiService service -type ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGetRequest struct { +type ApiReadAllLicensesRequest struct { ctx context.Context ApiService *LicensesApiService organizationID string + filter *string + order *string } -func (r ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGetRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGetExecute(r) +// For organizations with more than one license, you can use a filter to return the list of licenses in descending order. +func (r ApiReadAllLicensesRequest) Filter(filter string) ApiReadAllLicensesRequest { + r.filter = &filter + return r +} + +func (r ApiReadAllLicensesRequest) Order(order string) ApiReadAllLicensesRequest { + r.order = &order + return r +} + +func (r ApiReadAllLicensesRequest) Execute() (*EntityArray, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ReadAllLicensesExecute(r) } /* -V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGet READ All Licenses +ReadAllLicenses READ All Licenses @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param organizationID - @return ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGetRequest + @return ApiReadAllLicensesRequest */ -func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGet(ctx context.Context, organizationID string) ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGetRequest { - return ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGetRequest{ +func (a *LicensesApiService) ReadAllLicenses(ctx context.Context, organizationID string) ApiReadAllLicensesRequest { + return ApiReadAllLicensesRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, organizationID: organizationID, @@ -49,16 +62,18 @@ func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGet(ctx contex } // Execute executes the request -func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGetExecute(r ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGetRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +// @return EntityArray +func (a *LicensesApiService) ReadAllLicensesExecute(r ApiReadAllLicensesRequest) (*EntityArray, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *EntityArray ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LicensesApiService.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGet") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LicensesApiService.ReadAllLicenses") if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } localVarPath := localBasePath + "/v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses" @@ -68,6 +83,12 @@ func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGetExecute(r A localVarQueryParams := url.Values{} localVarFormParams := url.Values{} + if r.filter != nil { + localVarQueryParams.Add("filter", parameterToString(*r.filter, "")) + } + if r.order != nil { + localVarQueryParams.Add("order", parameterToString(*r.order, "")) + } // to determine the Content-Type header localVarHTTPContentTypes := []string{} @@ -87,19 +108,19 @@ func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGetExecute(r A } req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return nil, err + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := ioutil.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -112,88 +133,97 @@ func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGetExecute(r A err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 401 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 403 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 404 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 429 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 500 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGetRequest struct { +type ApiReadOneLicenseRequest struct { ctx context.Context ApiService *LicensesApiService organizationID string licenseID string } -func (r ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGetRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGetExecute(r) +func (r ApiReadOneLicenseRequest) Execute() (*License, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ReadOneLicenseExecute(r) } /* -V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGet READ One License +ReadOneLicense READ One License @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param organizationID @param licenseID - @return ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGetRequest + @return ApiReadOneLicenseRequest */ -func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGet(ctx context.Context, organizationID string, licenseID string) ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGetRequest { - return ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGetRequest{ +func (a *LicensesApiService) ReadOneLicense(ctx context.Context, organizationID string, licenseID string) ApiReadOneLicenseRequest { + return ApiReadOneLicenseRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, organizationID: organizationID, @@ -202,16 +232,18 @@ func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGet(c } // Execute executes the request -func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGetExecute(r ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGetRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +// @return License +func (a *LicensesApiService) ReadOneLicenseExecute(r ApiReadOneLicenseRequest) (*License, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *License ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LicensesApiService.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGet") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LicensesApiService.ReadOneLicense") if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } localVarPath := localBasePath + "/v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}" @@ -241,19 +273,19 @@ func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGetEx } req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return nil, err + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := ioutil.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -266,88 +298,97 @@ func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGetEx err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 401 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 403 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 404 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 429 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 500 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGetRequest struct { +type ApiReadOneLicenseNameRequest struct { ctx context.Context ApiService *LicensesApiService organizationID string licenseID string } -func (r ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGetRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGetExecute(r) +func (r ApiReadOneLicenseNameRequest) Execute() (*LicenseName, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.ReadOneLicenseNameExecute(r) } /* -V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGet READ One License Name +ReadOneLicenseName READ One License Name @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param organizationID @param licenseID - @return ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGetRequest + @return ApiReadOneLicenseNameRequest */ -func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGet(ctx context.Context, organizationID string, licenseID string) ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGetRequest { - return ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGetRequest{ +func (a *LicensesApiService) ReadOneLicenseName(ctx context.Context, organizationID string, licenseID string) ApiReadOneLicenseNameRequest { + return ApiReadOneLicenseNameRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, organizationID: organizationID, @@ -356,16 +397,18 @@ func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameG } // Execute executes the request -func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGetExecute(r ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGetRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +// @return LicenseName +func (a *LicensesApiService) ReadOneLicenseNameExecute(r ApiReadOneLicenseNameRequest) (*LicenseName, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodGet localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *LicenseName ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LicensesApiService.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGet") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LicensesApiService.ReadOneLicenseName") if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } localVarPath := localBasePath + "/v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/name" @@ -395,19 +438,19 @@ func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameG } req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return nil, err + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := ioutil.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -420,94 +463,103 @@ func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameG err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 401 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 403 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 404 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 429 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 500 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } -type ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePutRequest struct { +type ApiUpdateOneLicenseNameRequest struct { ctx context.Context ApiService *LicensesApiService organizationID string licenseID string - body *map[string]interface{} + licenseName *LicenseName } -func (r ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePutRequest) Body(body map[string]interface{}) ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePutRequest { - r.body = &body +func (r ApiUpdateOneLicenseNameRequest) LicenseName(licenseName LicenseName) ApiUpdateOneLicenseNameRequest { + r.licenseName = &licenseName return r } -func (r ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePutRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error) { - return r.ApiService.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePutExecute(r) +func (r ApiUpdateOneLicenseNameRequest) Execute() (*LicenseName, *http.Response, error) { + return r.ApiService.UpdateOneLicenseNameExecute(r) } /* -V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePut Update One License Name +UpdateOneLicenseName Update One License Name @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param organizationID @param licenseID - @return ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePutRequest + @return ApiUpdateOneLicenseNameRequest */ -func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePut(ctx context.Context, organizationID string, licenseID string) ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePutRequest { - return ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePutRequest{ +func (a *LicensesApiService) UpdateOneLicenseName(ctx context.Context, organizationID string, licenseID string) ApiUpdateOneLicenseNameRequest { + return ApiUpdateOneLicenseNameRequest{ ApiService: a, ctx: ctx, organizationID: organizationID, @@ -516,16 +568,18 @@ func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameP } // Execute executes the request -func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePutExecute(r ApiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePutRequest) (*http.Response, error) { +// @return LicenseName +func (a *LicensesApiService) UpdateOneLicenseNameExecute(r ApiUpdateOneLicenseNameRequest) (*LicenseName, *http.Response, error) { var ( localVarHTTPMethod = http.MethodPut localVarPostBody interface{} formFiles []formFile + localVarReturnValue *LicenseName ) - localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LicensesApiService.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePut") + localBasePath, err := a.client.cfg.ServerURLWithContext(r.ctx, "LicensesApiService.UpdateOneLicenseName") if err != nil { - return nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} + return localVarReturnValue, nil, &GenericOpenAPIError{error: err.Error()} } localVarPath := localBasePath + "/v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/name" @@ -554,22 +608,22 @@ func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameP localVarHeaderParams["Accept"] = localVarHTTPHeaderAccept } // body params - localVarPostBody = r.body + localVarPostBody = r.licenseName req, err := a.client.prepareRequest(r.ctx, localVarPath, localVarHTTPMethod, localVarPostBody, localVarHeaderParams, localVarQueryParams, localVarFormParams, formFiles) if err != nil { - return nil, err + return localVarReturnValue, nil, err } localVarHTTPResponse, err := a.client.callAPI(req) if err != nil || localVarHTTPResponse == nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } localVarBody, err := ioutil.ReadAll(localVarHTTPResponse.Body) localVarHTTPResponse.Body.Close() localVarHTTPResponse.Body = ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewBuffer(localVarBody)) if err != nil { - return localVarHTTPResponse, err + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, err } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { @@ -582,63 +636,72 @@ func (a *LicensesApiService) V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameP err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 401 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 403 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 404 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 429 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 500 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) if err != nil { newErr.error = err.Error() - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } newErr.model = v - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + + err = a.client.decode(&localVarReturnValue, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr := &GenericOpenAPIError{ + body: localVarBody, + error: err.Error(), } - return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr } - return localVarHTTPResponse, nil + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, nil } diff --git a/management/api_password_policies.go b/management/api_password_policies.go index 3a9ece61..10c5a51f 100644 --- a/management/api_password_policies.go +++ b/management/api_password_policies.go @@ -307,6 +307,16 @@ func (a *PasswordPoliciesApiService) DeletePasswordPolicyExecute(r ApiDeletePass body: localVarBody, error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, } + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 400 { + var v P1Error + err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr.error = err.Error() + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + newErr.model = v + return localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 401 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) @@ -449,6 +459,16 @@ func (a *PasswordPoliciesApiService) ReadAllPasswordPoliciesExecute(r ApiReadAll body: localVarBody, error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, } + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 400 { + var v P1Error + err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr.error = err.Error() + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + newErr.model = v + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 401 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) @@ -604,6 +624,16 @@ func (a *PasswordPoliciesApiService) ReadOnePasswordPolicyExecute(r ApiReadOnePa body: localVarBody, error: localVarHTTPResponse.Status, } + if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 400 { + var v P1Error + err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + if err != nil { + newErr.error = err.Error() + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } + newErr.model = v + return localVarReturnValue, localVarHTTPResponse, newErr + } if localVarHTTPResponse.StatusCode == 401 { var v P1Error err = a.client.decode(&v, localVarBody, localVarHTTPResponse.Header.Get("Content-Type")) diff --git a/management/configuration.go b/management/configuration.go index 5e57ed90..fbd8a282 100644 --- a/management/configuration.go +++ b/management/configuration.go @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ type Configuration struct { func NewConfiguration() *Configuration { cfg := &Configuration{ DefaultHeader: make(map[string]string), - UserAgent: "OpenAPI-Generator/0.10.0/go", + UserAgent: "OpenAPI-Generator/0.11.0/go", Debug: false, Servers: ServerConfigurations{ { diff --git a/management/docs/ActiveIdentityCountsApi.md b/management/docs/ActiveIdentityCountsApi.md index 8f65beba..f6f7daa0 100644 --- a/management/docs/ActiveIdentityCountsApi.md +++ b/management/docs/ActiveIdentityCountsApi.md @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ All URIs are relative to *https://api.pingone.eu* Method | HTTP request | Description ------------- | ------------- | ------------- +[**ReadActiveIdentityCount**](ActiveIdentityCountsApi.md#ReadActiveIdentityCount) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/metrics/activeIdentityCounts | READ Active Identity Counts by License [**V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet**](ActiveIdentityCountsApi.md#V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet) | **Get** /v1/environments/{environmentID}/activeIdentityCounts | READ Active Identity Counts (Deprecated) [**V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet**](ActiveIdentityCountsApi.md#V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet) | **Get** /v1/environments/{environmentID}/metrics/activeIdentityCounts | READ Active Identity Counts by Date Range -[**V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet**](ActiveIdentityCountsApi.md#V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/metrics/activeIdentityCounts | READ Active Identity Counts by License -## V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet +## ReadActiveIdentityCount -> V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet(ctx, environmentID).Filter(filter).Limit(limit).Order(order).Execute() +> ReadActiveIdentityCount(ctx, organizationID, licenseID).AggregatedBy(aggregatedBy).Limit(limit).Order(order).Execute() -READ Active Identity Counts (Deprecated) +READ Active Identity Counts by License ### Example @@ -29,16 +29,17 @@ import ( ) func main() { - environmentID := "environmentID_example" // string | - filter := "startDate ge "2019-05-01T19:00:00Z" and samplingPeriod eq "10"" // string | (optional) - limit := int32(10) // int32 | (optional) + organizationID := "organizationID_example" // string | + licenseID := "licenseID_example" // string | + aggregatedBy := "calendarMonth" // string | (optional) + limit := int32(20) // int32 | (optional) order := "-startDate" // string | (optional) configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - resp, r, err := apiClient.ActiveIdentityCountsApi.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet(context.Background(), environmentID).Filter(filter).Limit(limit).Order(order).Execute() + resp, r, err := apiClient.ActiveIdentityCountsApi.ReadActiveIdentityCount(context.Background(), organizationID, licenseID).AggregatedBy(aggregatedBy).Limit(limit).Order(order).Execute() if err != nil { - fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error when calling `ActiveIdentityCountsApi.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet``: %v\n", err) + fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error when calling `ActiveIdentityCountsApi.ReadActiveIdentityCount``: %v\n", err) fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Full HTTP response: %v\n", r) } } @@ -50,17 +51,19 @@ func main() { Name | Type | Description | Notes ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- **ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. -**environmentID** | **string** | | +**organizationID** | **string** | | +**licenseID** | **string** | | ### Other Parameters -Other parameters are passed through a pointer to a apiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest struct via the builder pattern +Other parameters are passed through a pointer to a apiReadActiveIdentityCountRequest struct via the builder pattern Name | Type | Description | Notes ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- - **filter** | **string** | | + + **aggregatedBy** | **string** | | **limit** | **int32** | | **order** | **string** | | @@ -82,11 +85,11 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes [[Back to README]](../README.md) -## V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet +## V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet -> V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet(ctx, environmentID).Filter(filter).Limit(limit).Order(order).SamplePeriod(samplePeriod).Execute() +> V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet(ctx, environmentID).Filter(filter).Limit(limit).Order(order).Execute() -READ Active Identity Counts by Date Range +READ Active Identity Counts (Deprecated) ### Example @@ -102,16 +105,15 @@ import ( func main() { environmentID := "environmentID_example" // string | - filter := "startDate ge "2020-05-01T19:00:00Z"" // string | (optional) + filter := "startDate ge "2019-05-01T19:00:00Z" and samplingPeriod eq "10"" // string | (optional) limit := int32(10) // int32 | (optional) order := "-startDate" // string | (optional) - samplePeriod := "MONTH" // string | (optional) configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - resp, r, err := apiClient.ActiveIdentityCountsApi.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet(context.Background(), environmentID).Filter(filter).Limit(limit).Order(order).SamplePeriod(samplePeriod).Execute() + resp, r, err := apiClient.ActiveIdentityCountsApi.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet(context.Background(), environmentID).Filter(filter).Limit(limit).Order(order).Execute() if err != nil { - fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error when calling `ActiveIdentityCountsApi.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet``: %v\n", err) + fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error when calling `ActiveIdentityCountsApi.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGet``: %v\n", err) fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Full HTTP response: %v\n", r) } } @@ -127,7 +129,7 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes ### Other Parameters -Other parameters are passed through a pointer to a apiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest struct via the builder pattern +Other parameters are passed through a pointer to a apiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest struct via the builder pattern Name | Type | Description | Notes @@ -136,7 +138,6 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes **filter** | **string** | | **limit** | **int32** | | **order** | **string** | | - **samplePeriod** | **string** | | ### Return type @@ -156,11 +157,11 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes [[Back to README]](../README.md) -## V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet +## V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet -> V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet(ctx, organizationID, licenseID).AggregatedBy(aggregatedBy).Limit(limit).Order(order).Execute() +> V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet(ctx, environmentID).Filter(filter).Limit(limit).Order(order).SamplePeriod(samplePeriod).Execute() -READ Active Identity Counts by License +READ Active Identity Counts by Date Range ### Example @@ -175,17 +176,17 @@ import ( ) func main() { - organizationID := "organizationID_example" // string | - licenseID := "licenseID_example" // string | - aggregatedBy := "calendarMonth" // string | (optional) - limit := int32(20) // int32 | (optional) + environmentID := "environmentID_example" // string | + filter := "startDate ge "2020-05-01T19:00:00Z"" // string | (optional) + limit := int32(10) // int32 | (optional) order := "-startDate" // string | (optional) + samplePeriod := "MONTH" // string | (optional) configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - resp, r, err := apiClient.ActiveIdentityCountsApi.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet(context.Background(), organizationID, licenseID).AggregatedBy(aggregatedBy).Limit(limit).Order(order).Execute() + resp, r, err := apiClient.ActiveIdentityCountsApi.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet(context.Background(), environmentID).Filter(filter).Limit(limit).Order(order).SamplePeriod(samplePeriod).Execute() if err != nil { - fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error when calling `ActiveIdentityCountsApi.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet``: %v\n", err) + fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error when calling `ActiveIdentityCountsApi.V1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGet``: %v\n", err) fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Full HTTP response: %v\n", r) } } @@ -197,21 +198,20 @@ func main() { Name | Type | Description | Notes ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- **ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. -**organizationID** | **string** | | -**licenseID** | **string** | | +**environmentID** | **string** | | ### Other Parameters -Other parameters are passed through a pointer to a apiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest struct via the builder pattern +Other parameters are passed through a pointer to a apiV1EnvironmentsEnvironmentIDMetricsActiveIdentityCountsGetRequest struct via the builder pattern Name | Type | Description | Notes ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- - - **aggregatedBy** | **string** | | + **filter** | **string** | | **limit** | **int32** | | **order** | **string** | | + **samplePeriod** | **string** | | ### Return type diff --git a/management/docs/Certificate.md b/management/docs/Certificate.md index 84ce5fa5..7a8c7664 100644 --- a/management/docs/Certificate.md +++ b/management/docs/Certificate.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes ------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- **Algorithm** | [**EnumCertificateKeyAlgorithm**](EnumCertificateKeyAlgorithm.md) | | -**CreatedAt** | Pointer to **string** | The time the resource was created. | [optional] [readonly] +**CreatedAt** | Pointer to **time.Time** | The time the resource was created. | [optional] [readonly] **Default** | Pointer to **bool** | Specifies whether this is the default key for the specified environment. | [optional] **Environment** | Pointer to [**ObjectEnvironment**](ObjectEnvironment.md) | | [optional] **ExpiresAt** | Pointer to **time.Time** | The time the key resource expires. | [optional] [readonly] @@ -63,20 +63,20 @@ SetAlgorithm sets Algorithm field to given value. ### GetCreatedAt -`func (o *Certificate) GetCreatedAt() string` +`func (o *Certificate) GetCreatedAt() time.Time` GetCreatedAt returns the CreatedAt field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. ### GetCreatedAtOk -`func (o *Certificate) GetCreatedAtOk() (*string, bool)` +`func (o *Certificate) GetCreatedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)` GetCreatedAtOk returns a tuple with the CreatedAt field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set. ### SetCreatedAt -`func (o *Certificate) SetCreatedAt(v string)` +`func (o *Certificate) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time)` SetCreatedAt sets CreatedAt field to given value. diff --git a/management/docs/EntityArrayEmbedded.md b/management/docs/EntityArrayEmbedded.md index a24437ce..8a4266a2 100644 --- a/management/docs/EntityArrayEmbedded.md +++ b/management/docs/EntityArrayEmbedded.md @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes **IdentityProviders** | Pointer to [**[]IdentityProvider**](IdentityProvider.md) | | [optional] **Keys** | Pointer to [**[]Certificate**](Certificate.md) | | [optional] **Languages** | Pointer to [**[]AgreementLanguage**](AgreementLanguage.md) | | [optional] +**Licenses** | Pointer to [**[]License**](License.md) | | [optional] **Organizations** | Pointer to [**[]Organization**](Organization.md) | | [optional] **PasswordPolicies** | Pointer to [**[]PasswordPolicy**](PasswordPolicy.md) | | [optional] **Populations** | Pointer to [**[]Population**](Population.md) | | [optional] @@ -506,6 +507,31 @@ SetLanguages sets Languages field to given value. HasLanguages returns a boolean if a field has been set. +### GetLicenses + +`func (o *EntityArrayEmbedded) GetLicenses() []License` + +GetLicenses returns the Licenses field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetLicensesOk + +`func (o *EntityArrayEmbedded) GetLicensesOk() (*[]License, bool)` + +GetLicensesOk returns a tuple with the Licenses field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetLicenses + +`func (o *EntityArrayEmbedded) SetLicenses(v []License)` + +SetLicenses sets Licenses field to given value. + +### HasLicenses + +`func (o *EntityArrayEmbedded) HasLicenses() bool` + +HasLicenses returns a boolean if a field has been set. + ### GetOrganizations `func (o *EntityArrayEmbedded) GetOrganizations() []Organization` diff --git a/management/docs/EnumLicensePackage.md b/management/docs/EnumLicensePackage.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..656819e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/docs/EnumLicensePackage.md @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# EnumLicensePackage + +## Enum + + +* `TRIAL` (value: `"TRIAL"`) + +* `STANDARD` (value: `"STANDARD"`) + +* `PREMIUM` (value: `"PREMIUM"`) + +* `MFA` (value: `"MFA"`) + +* `RISK` (value: `"RISK"`) + +* `MFARISK` (value: `"MFARISK"`) + +* `GLOBAL` (value: `"GLOBAL"`) + + +[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md) + + diff --git a/management/docs/EnumLicenseStatus.md b/management/docs/EnumLicenseStatus.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa9c6794 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/docs/EnumLicenseStatus.md @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +# EnumLicenseStatus + +## Enum + + +* `ACTIVE` (value: `"ACTIVE"`) + +* `EXPIRED` (value: `"EXPIRED"`) + +* `FUTURE` (value: `"FUTURE"`) + + +[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md) + + diff --git a/management/docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification.md b/management/docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification.md index 65d88714..37ff751a 100644 --- a/management/docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification.md +++ b/management/docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification.md @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes ------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- -**Certificates** | [**[]ApplicationAccessControlGroupGroupsInner**](ApplicationAccessControlGroupGroupsInner.md) | A array that specifies the identity provider's certificate IDs used to verify the signature on the signed assertion from the identity provider. Signing is done with a private key and verified with a public key. | +**Certificates** | [**[]IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates**](IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates.md) | A array that specifies the identity provider's certificate IDs used to verify the signature on the signed assertion from the identity provider. Signing is done with a private key and verified with a public key. | ## Methods ### NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification -`func NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification(certificates []ApplicationAccessControlGroupGroupsInner, ) *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification` +`func NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification(certificates []IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates, ) *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification` NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification instantiates a new IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, @@ -27,20 +27,20 @@ but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set ### GetCertificates -`func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification) GetCertificates() []ApplicationAccessControlGroupGroupsInner` +`func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification) GetCertificates() []IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates` GetCertificates returns the Certificates field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. ### GetCertificatesOk -`func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification) GetCertificatesOk() (*[]ApplicationAccessControlGroupGroupsInner, bool)` +`func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification) GetCertificatesOk() (*[]IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates, bool)` GetCertificatesOk returns a tuple with the Certificates field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set. ### SetCertificates -`func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification) SetCertificates(v []ApplicationAccessControlGroupGroupsInner)` +`func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification) SetCertificates(v []IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates)` SetCertificates sets Certificates field to given value. diff --git a/management/docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates.md b/management/docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..01963cfc --- /dev/null +++ b/management/docs/IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates.md @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +# IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates + +## Properties + +Name | Type | Description | Notes +------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- +**Id** | **string** | | + +## Methods + +### NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates + +`func NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates(id string, ) *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates` + +NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates instantiates a new IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates object +This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +will change when the set of required properties is changed + +### NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificatesWithDefaults + +`func NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificatesWithDefaults() *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates` + +NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificatesWithDefaults instantiates a new IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates object +This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set + +### GetId + +`func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) GetId() string` + +GetId returns the Id field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetIdOk + +`func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)` + +GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetId + +`func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) SetId(v string)` + +SetId sets Id field to given value. + + + +[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md) + + diff --git a/management/docs/License.md b/management/docs/License.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ca4d326 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/docs/License.md @@ -0,0 +1,467 @@ +# License + +## Properties + +Name | Type | Description | Notes +------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- +**AssignedEnvironmentsCount** | Pointer to **int32** | A read-only integer that specifies the total number of environments associated with this license. | [optional] [readonly] +**Authorize** | Pointer to [**LicenseAuthorize**](LicenseAuthorize.md) | | [optional] +**BeginsAt** | Pointer to **string** | The date and time this license begins. | [optional] [readonly] +**Environments** | Pointer to [**LicenseEnvironments**](LicenseEnvironments.md) | | [optional] +**ExpiresAt** | Pointer to **string** | The date and time this license expires. TRIAL licenses stop access to PingOne services at expiration. All other licenses trigger an event to send a notification when the license expires but do not block services. | [optional] [readonly] +**Id** | Pointer to **string** | A read-only string that specifies the license resource’s unique identifier. | [optional] [readonly] +**Intelligence** | Pointer to [**LicenseIntelligence**](LicenseIntelligence.md) | | [optional] +**Mfa** | Pointer to [**LicenseMfa**](LicenseMfa.md) | | [optional] +**Name** | **string** | A string that specifies a descriptive name for the license. This is a required property in a license name update request. Valid characters consists of any Unicode letter, mark, numeric character, forward slash, dot, apostrophe, underscore, space, or hyphen. The maximum length of a name is 255 characters. | +**Organization** | Pointer to [**ObjectOrganization**](ObjectOrganization.md) | | [optional] +**Package** | Pointer to [**EnumLicensePackage**](EnumLicensePackage.md) | | [optional] +**ReplacesLicense** | Pointer to [**LicenseReplacesLicense**](LicenseReplacesLicense.md) | | [optional] +**ReplacedByLicense** | Pointer to [**LicenseReplacedByLicense**](LicenseReplacedByLicense.md) | | [optional] +**Status** | Pointer to [**EnumLicenseStatus**](EnumLicenseStatus.md) | | [optional] +**TerminatesAt** | Pointer to **string** | An optional attribute that designates the exact date and time when this license terminates access to PingOne services. This attribute can be added to any licensing package. | [optional] +**Users** | Pointer to [**LicenseUsers**](LicenseUsers.md) | | [optional] +**Verify** | Pointer to [**LicenseVerify**](LicenseVerify.md) | | [optional] + +## Methods + +### NewLicense + +`func NewLicense(name string, ) *License` + +NewLicense instantiates a new License object +This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +will change when the set of required properties is changed + +### NewLicenseWithDefaults + +`func NewLicenseWithDefaults() *License` + +NewLicenseWithDefaults instantiates a new License object +This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set + +### GetAssignedEnvironmentsCount + +`func (o *License) GetAssignedEnvironmentsCount() int32` + +GetAssignedEnvironmentsCount returns the AssignedEnvironmentsCount field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAssignedEnvironmentsCountOk + +`func (o *License) GetAssignedEnvironmentsCountOk() (*int32, bool)` + +GetAssignedEnvironmentsCountOk returns a tuple with the AssignedEnvironmentsCount field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAssignedEnvironmentsCount + +`func (o *License) SetAssignedEnvironmentsCount(v int32)` + +SetAssignedEnvironmentsCount sets AssignedEnvironmentsCount field to given value. + +### HasAssignedEnvironmentsCount + +`func (o *License) HasAssignedEnvironmentsCount() bool` + +HasAssignedEnvironmentsCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAuthorize + +`func (o *License) GetAuthorize() LicenseAuthorize` + +GetAuthorize returns the Authorize field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAuthorizeOk + +`func (o *License) GetAuthorizeOk() (*LicenseAuthorize, bool)` + +GetAuthorizeOk returns a tuple with the Authorize field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAuthorize + +`func (o *License) SetAuthorize(v LicenseAuthorize)` + +SetAuthorize sets Authorize field to given value. + +### HasAuthorize + +`func (o *License) HasAuthorize() bool` + +HasAuthorize returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetBeginsAt + +`func (o *License) GetBeginsAt() string` + +GetBeginsAt returns the BeginsAt field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetBeginsAtOk + +`func (o *License) GetBeginsAtOk() (*string, bool)` + +GetBeginsAtOk returns a tuple with the BeginsAt field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetBeginsAt + +`func (o *License) SetBeginsAt(v string)` + +SetBeginsAt sets BeginsAt field to given value. + +### HasBeginsAt + +`func (o *License) HasBeginsAt() bool` + +HasBeginsAt returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetEnvironments + +`func (o *License) GetEnvironments() LicenseEnvironments` + +GetEnvironments returns the Environments field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetEnvironmentsOk + +`func (o *License) GetEnvironmentsOk() (*LicenseEnvironments, bool)` + +GetEnvironmentsOk returns a tuple with the Environments field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetEnvironments + +`func (o *License) SetEnvironments(v LicenseEnvironments)` + +SetEnvironments sets Environments field to given value. + +### HasEnvironments + +`func (o *License) HasEnvironments() bool` + +HasEnvironments returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetExpiresAt + +`func (o *License) GetExpiresAt() string` + +GetExpiresAt returns the ExpiresAt field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetExpiresAtOk + +`func (o *License) GetExpiresAtOk() (*string, bool)` + +GetExpiresAtOk returns a tuple with the ExpiresAt field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetExpiresAt + +`func (o *License) SetExpiresAt(v string)` + +SetExpiresAt sets ExpiresAt field to given value. + +### HasExpiresAt + +`func (o *License) HasExpiresAt() bool` + +HasExpiresAt returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetId + +`func (o *License) GetId() string` + +GetId returns the Id field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetIdOk + +`func (o *License) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)` + +GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetId + +`func (o *License) SetId(v string)` + +SetId sets Id field to given value. + +### HasId + +`func (o *License) HasId() bool` + +HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetIntelligence + +`func (o *License) GetIntelligence() LicenseIntelligence` + +GetIntelligence returns the Intelligence field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetIntelligenceOk + +`func (o *License) GetIntelligenceOk() (*LicenseIntelligence, bool)` + +GetIntelligenceOk returns a tuple with the Intelligence field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetIntelligence + +`func (o *License) SetIntelligence(v LicenseIntelligence)` + +SetIntelligence sets Intelligence field to given value. + +### HasIntelligence + +`func (o *License) HasIntelligence() bool` + +HasIntelligence returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetMfa + +`func (o *License) GetMfa() LicenseMfa` + +GetMfa returns the Mfa field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetMfaOk + +`func (o *License) GetMfaOk() (*LicenseMfa, bool)` + +GetMfaOk returns a tuple with the Mfa field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetMfa + +`func (o *License) SetMfa(v LicenseMfa)` + +SetMfa sets Mfa field to given value. + +### HasMfa + +`func (o *License) HasMfa() bool` + +HasMfa returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetName + +`func (o *License) GetName() string` + +GetName returns the Name field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetNameOk + +`func (o *License) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)` + +GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetName + +`func (o *License) SetName(v string)` + +SetName sets Name field to given value. + + +### GetOrganization + +`func (o *License) GetOrganization() ObjectOrganization` + +GetOrganization returns the Organization field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetOrganizationOk + +`func (o *License) GetOrganizationOk() (*ObjectOrganization, bool)` + +GetOrganizationOk returns a tuple with the Organization field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetOrganization + +`func (o *License) SetOrganization(v ObjectOrganization)` + +SetOrganization sets Organization field to given value. + +### HasOrganization + +`func (o *License) HasOrganization() bool` + +HasOrganization returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetPackage + +`func (o *License) GetPackage() EnumLicensePackage` + +GetPackage returns the Package field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetPackageOk + +`func (o *License) GetPackageOk() (*EnumLicensePackage, bool)` + +GetPackageOk returns a tuple with the Package field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetPackage + +`func (o *License) SetPackage(v EnumLicensePackage)` + +SetPackage sets Package field to given value. + +### HasPackage + +`func (o *License) HasPackage() bool` + +HasPackage returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetReplacesLicense + +`func (o *License) GetReplacesLicense() LicenseReplacesLicense` + +GetReplacesLicense returns the ReplacesLicense field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetReplacesLicenseOk + +`func (o *License) GetReplacesLicenseOk() (*LicenseReplacesLicense, bool)` + +GetReplacesLicenseOk returns a tuple with the ReplacesLicense field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetReplacesLicense + +`func (o *License) SetReplacesLicense(v LicenseReplacesLicense)` + +SetReplacesLicense sets ReplacesLicense field to given value. + +### HasReplacesLicense + +`func (o *License) HasReplacesLicense() bool` + +HasReplacesLicense returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetReplacedByLicense + +`func (o *License) GetReplacedByLicense() LicenseReplacedByLicense` + +GetReplacedByLicense returns the ReplacedByLicense field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetReplacedByLicenseOk + +`func (o *License) GetReplacedByLicenseOk() (*LicenseReplacedByLicense, bool)` + +GetReplacedByLicenseOk returns a tuple with the ReplacedByLicense field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetReplacedByLicense + +`func (o *License) SetReplacedByLicense(v LicenseReplacedByLicense)` + +SetReplacedByLicense sets ReplacedByLicense field to given value. + +### HasReplacedByLicense + +`func (o *License) HasReplacedByLicense() bool` + +HasReplacedByLicense returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetStatus + +`func (o *License) GetStatus() EnumLicenseStatus` + +GetStatus returns the Status field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetStatusOk + +`func (o *License) GetStatusOk() (*EnumLicenseStatus, bool)` + +GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetStatus + +`func (o *License) SetStatus(v EnumLicenseStatus)` + +SetStatus sets Status field to given value. + +### HasStatus + +`func (o *License) HasStatus() bool` + +HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetTerminatesAt + +`func (o *License) GetTerminatesAt() string` + +GetTerminatesAt returns the TerminatesAt field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetTerminatesAtOk + +`func (o *License) GetTerminatesAtOk() (*string, bool)` + +GetTerminatesAtOk returns a tuple with the TerminatesAt field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetTerminatesAt + +`func (o *License) SetTerminatesAt(v string)` + +SetTerminatesAt sets TerminatesAt field to given value. + +### HasTerminatesAt + +`func (o *License) HasTerminatesAt() bool` + +HasTerminatesAt returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetUsers + +`func (o *License) GetUsers() LicenseUsers` + +GetUsers returns the Users field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetUsersOk + +`func (o *License) GetUsersOk() (*LicenseUsers, bool)` + +GetUsersOk returns a tuple with the Users field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetUsers + +`func (o *License) SetUsers(v LicenseUsers)` + +SetUsers sets Users field to given value. + +### HasUsers + +`func (o *License) HasUsers() bool` + +HasUsers returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetVerify + +`func (o *License) GetVerify() LicenseVerify` + +GetVerify returns the Verify field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetVerifyOk + +`func (o *License) GetVerifyOk() (*LicenseVerify, bool)` + +GetVerifyOk returns a tuple with the Verify field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetVerify + +`func (o *License) SetVerify(v LicenseVerify)` + +SetVerify sets Verify field to given value. + +### HasVerify + +`func (o *License) HasVerify() bool` + +HasVerify returns a boolean if a field has been set. + + +[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md) + + diff --git a/management/docs/LicenseAuthorize.md b/management/docs/LicenseAuthorize.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ae71c918 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/docs/LicenseAuthorize.md @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +# LicenseAuthorize + +## Properties + +Name | Type | Description | Notes +------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- +**AllowApiAccessManagement** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Authorize API access management feature. | [optional] +**AllowDynamicAuthorization** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Authorize dynamic authorization feature. | [optional] + +## Methods + +### NewLicenseAuthorize + +`func NewLicenseAuthorize() *LicenseAuthorize` + +NewLicenseAuthorize instantiates a new LicenseAuthorize object +This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +will change when the set of required properties is changed + +### NewLicenseAuthorizeWithDefaults + +`func NewLicenseAuthorizeWithDefaults() *LicenseAuthorize` + +NewLicenseAuthorizeWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseAuthorize object +This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set + +### GetAllowApiAccessManagement + +`func (o *LicenseAuthorize) GetAllowApiAccessManagement() bool` + +GetAllowApiAccessManagement returns the AllowApiAccessManagement field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowApiAccessManagementOk + +`func (o *LicenseAuthorize) GetAllowApiAccessManagementOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowApiAccessManagementOk returns a tuple with the AllowApiAccessManagement field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowApiAccessManagement + +`func (o *LicenseAuthorize) SetAllowApiAccessManagement(v bool)` + +SetAllowApiAccessManagement sets AllowApiAccessManagement field to given value. + +### HasAllowApiAccessManagement + +`func (o *LicenseAuthorize) HasAllowApiAccessManagement() bool` + +HasAllowApiAccessManagement returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowDynamicAuthorization + +`func (o *LicenseAuthorize) GetAllowDynamicAuthorization() bool` + +GetAllowDynamicAuthorization returns the AllowDynamicAuthorization field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowDynamicAuthorizationOk + +`func (o *LicenseAuthorize) GetAllowDynamicAuthorizationOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowDynamicAuthorizationOk returns a tuple with the AllowDynamicAuthorization field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowDynamicAuthorization + +`func (o *LicenseAuthorize) SetAllowDynamicAuthorization(v bool)` + +SetAllowDynamicAuthorization sets AllowDynamicAuthorization field to given value. + +### HasAllowDynamicAuthorization + +`func (o *LicenseAuthorize) HasAllowDynamicAuthorization() bool` + +HasAllowDynamicAuthorization returns a boolean if a field has been set. + + +[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md) + + diff --git a/management/docs/LicenseEnvironments.md b/management/docs/LicenseEnvironments.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a8dbeda3 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/docs/LicenseEnvironments.md @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +# LicenseEnvironments + +## Properties + +Name | Type | Description | Notes +------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- +**AllowConnections** | Pointer to **bool** | A boolean that specifies whether the license supports creation of application connections in the specified environment. | [optional] +**AllowCustomDomain** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports creation of a custom domain in the specified environment. | [optional] +**AllowCustomSchema** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using custom schema attributes in the specified environment. | [optional] +**AllowProduction** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether production environments are allowed. | [optional] +**Max** | Pointer to **int32** | A read-only integer that specifies the maximum number of environments allowed. | [optional] +**Regions** | Pointer to [**EnumRegionCode**](EnumRegionCode.md) | | [optional] + +## Methods + +### NewLicenseEnvironments + +`func NewLicenseEnvironments() *LicenseEnvironments` + +NewLicenseEnvironments instantiates a new LicenseEnvironments object +This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +will change when the set of required properties is changed + +### NewLicenseEnvironmentsWithDefaults + +`func NewLicenseEnvironmentsWithDefaults() *LicenseEnvironments` + +NewLicenseEnvironmentsWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseEnvironments object +This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set + +### GetAllowConnections + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowConnections() bool` + +GetAllowConnections returns the AllowConnections field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowConnectionsOk + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowConnectionsOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the AllowConnections field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowConnections + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) SetAllowConnections(v bool)` + +SetAllowConnections sets AllowConnections field to given value. + +### HasAllowConnections + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) HasAllowConnections() bool` + +HasAllowConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowCustomDomain + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowCustomDomain() bool` + +GetAllowCustomDomain returns the AllowCustomDomain field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowCustomDomainOk + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowCustomDomainOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowCustomDomainOk returns a tuple with the AllowCustomDomain field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowCustomDomain + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) SetAllowCustomDomain(v bool)` + +SetAllowCustomDomain sets AllowCustomDomain field to given value. + +### HasAllowCustomDomain + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) HasAllowCustomDomain() bool` + +HasAllowCustomDomain returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowCustomSchema + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowCustomSchema() bool` + +GetAllowCustomSchema returns the AllowCustomSchema field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowCustomSchemaOk + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowCustomSchemaOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowCustomSchemaOk returns a tuple with the AllowCustomSchema field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowCustomSchema + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) SetAllowCustomSchema(v bool)` + +SetAllowCustomSchema sets AllowCustomSchema field to given value. + +### HasAllowCustomSchema + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) HasAllowCustomSchema() bool` + +HasAllowCustomSchema returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowProduction + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowProduction() bool` + +GetAllowProduction returns the AllowProduction field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowProductionOk + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowProductionOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowProductionOk returns a tuple with the AllowProduction field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowProduction + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) SetAllowProduction(v bool)` + +SetAllowProduction sets AllowProduction field to given value. + +### HasAllowProduction + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) HasAllowProduction() bool` + +HasAllowProduction returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetMax + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetMax() int32` + +GetMax returns the Max field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetMaxOk + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetMaxOk() (*int32, bool)` + +GetMaxOk returns a tuple with the Max field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetMax + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) SetMax(v int32)` + +SetMax sets Max field to given value. + +### HasMax + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) HasMax() bool` + +HasMax returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetRegions + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetRegions() EnumRegionCode` + +GetRegions returns the Regions field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetRegionsOk + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetRegionsOk() (*EnumRegionCode, bool)` + +GetRegionsOk returns a tuple with the Regions field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetRegions + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) SetRegions(v EnumRegionCode)` + +SetRegions sets Regions field to given value. + +### HasRegions + +`func (o *LicenseEnvironments) HasRegions() bool` + +HasRegions returns a boolean if a field has been set. + + +[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md) + + diff --git a/management/docs/LicenseIntelligence.md b/management/docs/LicenseIntelligence.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d0f0bee --- /dev/null +++ b/management/docs/LicenseIntelligence.md @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +# LicenseIntelligence + +## Properties + +Name | Type | Description | Notes +------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- +**AllowGeoVelocity** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether to use the intelligence geo-velocity feature. For `TRIAL` (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For `ADMIN`, `GLOBAL`, `RISK`, and `MFARISK`, the default value is true. | [optional] +**AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether to use the intelligence anonymous network detection feature. For `TRIAL` (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For `ADMIN`, `GLOBAL`, `RISK`, and `MFARISK`, the default value is true. | [optional] +**AllowReputation** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether to use the intelligence IP reputation feature. For `TRIAL` (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For `ADMIN`, `GLOBAL`, `RISK`, and `MFARISK`, the default value is true. | [optional] +**AllowDataConsent** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether the customer has opted in to allow user and event behavior analytics (UEBA) data collection. | [optional] +**AllowRisk** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether your license permits you to configure risk features such as sign-on policies that include rules to detect anomalous changes to your locations (such as impossible travel). This capability is supported for TRIAL, RISK, and MFARISK license packages. Note, The sharing of user data to enable our machine-learning engine, which is integral to PingOne Risk, is captured in the license property license.intelligence.allowDataConsent, but it is not set to true by default in any license package. This license capability always requires active consent by the customer before it can be enabled, and if consent is given, then it allows the full scope of intelligence features included in PingOne Risk (and PingOne Risk plus MFA). | [optional] + +## Methods + +### NewLicenseIntelligence + +`func NewLicenseIntelligence() *LicenseIntelligence` + +NewLicenseIntelligence instantiates a new LicenseIntelligence object +This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +will change when the set of required properties is changed + +### NewLicenseIntelligenceWithDefaults + +`func NewLicenseIntelligenceWithDefaults() *LicenseIntelligence` + +NewLicenseIntelligenceWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseIntelligence object +This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set + +### GetAllowGeoVelocity + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowGeoVelocity() bool` + +GetAllowGeoVelocity returns the AllowGeoVelocity field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowGeoVelocityOk + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowGeoVelocityOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowGeoVelocityOk returns a tuple with the AllowGeoVelocity field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowGeoVelocity + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) SetAllowGeoVelocity(v bool)` + +SetAllowGeoVelocity sets AllowGeoVelocity field to given value. + +### HasAllowGeoVelocity + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) HasAllowGeoVelocity() bool` + +HasAllowGeoVelocity returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowAnonymousNetworkDetection + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowAnonymousNetworkDetection() bool` + +GetAllowAnonymousNetworkDetection returns the AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowAnonymousNetworkDetectionOk + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowAnonymousNetworkDetectionOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowAnonymousNetworkDetectionOk returns a tuple with the AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowAnonymousNetworkDetection + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) SetAllowAnonymousNetworkDetection(v bool)` + +SetAllowAnonymousNetworkDetection sets AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection field to given value. + +### HasAllowAnonymousNetworkDetection + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) HasAllowAnonymousNetworkDetection() bool` + +HasAllowAnonymousNetworkDetection returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowReputation + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowReputation() bool` + +GetAllowReputation returns the AllowReputation field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowReputationOk + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowReputationOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowReputationOk returns a tuple with the AllowReputation field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowReputation + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) SetAllowReputation(v bool)` + +SetAllowReputation sets AllowReputation field to given value. + +### HasAllowReputation + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) HasAllowReputation() bool` + +HasAllowReputation returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowDataConsent + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowDataConsent() bool` + +GetAllowDataConsent returns the AllowDataConsent field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowDataConsentOk + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowDataConsentOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowDataConsentOk returns a tuple with the AllowDataConsent field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowDataConsent + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) SetAllowDataConsent(v bool)` + +SetAllowDataConsent sets AllowDataConsent field to given value. + +### HasAllowDataConsent + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) HasAllowDataConsent() bool` + +HasAllowDataConsent returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowRisk + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowRisk() bool` + +GetAllowRisk returns the AllowRisk field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowRiskOk + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowRiskOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowRiskOk returns a tuple with the AllowRisk field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowRisk + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) SetAllowRisk(v bool)` + +SetAllowRisk sets AllowRisk field to given value. + +### HasAllowRisk + +`func (o *LicenseIntelligence) HasAllowRisk() bool` + +HasAllowRisk returns a boolean if a field has been set. + + +[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md) + + diff --git a/management/docs/LicenseMfa.md b/management/docs/LicenseMfa.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a705af2 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/docs/LicenseMfa.md @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +# LicenseMfa + +## Properties + +Name | Type | Description | Notes +------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- +**AllowPushNotification** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether push notifications are allowed. For TRIAL (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For other license package types, adoption of the feature determines the default value. | [optional] +**AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports sending notifications outside of the environment's whitelist. | [optional] +**AllowFido2Devices** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether FIDO2 devices are allowed. For TRIAL (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For other license package types, adoption of the feature determines the default value. | [optional] + +## Methods + +### NewLicenseMfa + +`func NewLicenseMfa() *LicenseMfa` + +NewLicenseMfa instantiates a new LicenseMfa object +This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +will change when the set of required properties is changed + +### NewLicenseMfaWithDefaults + +`func NewLicenseMfaWithDefaults() *LicenseMfa` + +NewLicenseMfaWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseMfa object +This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set + +### GetAllowPushNotification + +`func (o *LicenseMfa) GetAllowPushNotification() bool` + +GetAllowPushNotification returns the AllowPushNotification field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowPushNotificationOk + +`func (o *LicenseMfa) GetAllowPushNotificationOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowPushNotificationOk returns a tuple with the AllowPushNotification field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowPushNotification + +`func (o *LicenseMfa) SetAllowPushNotification(v bool)` + +SetAllowPushNotification sets AllowPushNotification field to given value. + +### HasAllowPushNotification + +`func (o *LicenseMfa) HasAllowPushNotification() bool` + +HasAllowPushNotification returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist + +`func (o *LicenseMfa) GetAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist() bool` + +GetAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist returns the AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelistOk + +`func (o *LicenseMfa) GetAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelistOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelistOk returns a tuple with the AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist + +`func (o *LicenseMfa) SetAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist(v bool)` + +SetAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist sets AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist field to given value. + +### HasAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist + +`func (o *LicenseMfa) HasAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist() bool` + +HasAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowFido2Devices + +`func (o *LicenseMfa) GetAllowFido2Devices() bool` + +GetAllowFido2Devices returns the AllowFido2Devices field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowFido2DevicesOk + +`func (o *LicenseMfa) GetAllowFido2DevicesOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowFido2DevicesOk returns a tuple with the AllowFido2Devices field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowFido2Devices + +`func (o *LicenseMfa) SetAllowFido2Devices(v bool)` + +SetAllowFido2Devices sets AllowFido2Devices field to given value. + +### HasAllowFido2Devices + +`func (o *LicenseMfa) HasAllowFido2Devices() bool` + +HasAllowFido2Devices returns a boolean if a field has been set. + + +[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md) + + diff --git a/management/docs/LicenseName.md b/management/docs/LicenseName.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2ada7fd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/docs/LicenseName.md @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +# LicenseName + +## Properties + +Name | Type | Description | Notes +------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- +**Name** | **string** | The license name | + +## Methods + +### NewLicenseName + +`func NewLicenseName(name string, ) *LicenseName` + +NewLicenseName instantiates a new LicenseName object +This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +will change when the set of required properties is changed + +### NewLicenseNameWithDefaults + +`func NewLicenseNameWithDefaults() *LicenseName` + +NewLicenseNameWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseName object +This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set + +### GetName + +`func (o *LicenseName) GetName() string` + +GetName returns the Name field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetNameOk + +`func (o *LicenseName) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)` + +GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetName + +`func (o *LicenseName) SetName(v string)` + +SetName sets Name field to given value. + + + +[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md) + + diff --git a/management/docs/LicenseReplacedByLicense.md b/management/docs/LicenseReplacedByLicense.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8efb4010 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/docs/LicenseReplacedByLicense.md @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +# LicenseReplacedByLicense + +## Properties + +Name | Type | Description | Notes +------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- +**Id** | Pointer to **string** | A read-only string that specifies the license ID of the license that replaces this license. | [optional] + +## Methods + +### NewLicenseReplacedByLicense + +`func NewLicenseReplacedByLicense() *LicenseReplacedByLicense` + +NewLicenseReplacedByLicense instantiates a new LicenseReplacedByLicense object +This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +will change when the set of required properties is changed + +### NewLicenseReplacedByLicenseWithDefaults + +`func NewLicenseReplacedByLicenseWithDefaults() *LicenseReplacedByLicense` + +NewLicenseReplacedByLicenseWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseReplacedByLicense object +This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set + +### GetId + +`func (o *LicenseReplacedByLicense) GetId() string` + +GetId returns the Id field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetIdOk + +`func (o *LicenseReplacedByLicense) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)` + +GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetId + +`func (o *LicenseReplacedByLicense) SetId(v string)` + +SetId sets Id field to given value. + +### HasId + +`func (o *LicenseReplacedByLicense) HasId() bool` + +HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. + + +[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md) + + diff --git a/management/docs/LicenseReplacesLicense.md b/management/docs/LicenseReplacesLicense.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d33abd64 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/docs/LicenseReplacesLicense.md @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +# LicenseReplacesLicense + +## Properties + +Name | Type | Description | Notes +------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- +**Id** | Pointer to **string** | A read-only string that specifies the license ID of the license that is replaced by this license. | [optional] + +## Methods + +### NewLicenseReplacesLicense + +`func NewLicenseReplacesLicense() *LicenseReplacesLicense` + +NewLicenseReplacesLicense instantiates a new LicenseReplacesLicense object +This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +will change when the set of required properties is changed + +### NewLicenseReplacesLicenseWithDefaults + +`func NewLicenseReplacesLicenseWithDefaults() *LicenseReplacesLicense` + +NewLicenseReplacesLicenseWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseReplacesLicense object +This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set + +### GetId + +`func (o *LicenseReplacesLicense) GetId() string` + +GetId returns the Id field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetIdOk + +`func (o *LicenseReplacesLicense) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)` + +GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetId + +`func (o *LicenseReplacesLicense) SetId(v string)` + +SetId sets Id field to given value. + +### HasId + +`func (o *LicenseReplacesLicense) HasId() bool` + +HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. + + +[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md) + + diff --git a/management/docs/LicenseUsers.md b/management/docs/LicenseUsers.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41a443e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/docs/LicenseUsers.md @@ -0,0 +1,394 @@ +# LicenseUsers + +## Properties + +Name | Type | Description | Notes +------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- +**AllowPasswordManagementNotifications** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports sending password management notifications. | [optional] +**AllowIdentityProviders** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using external identity providers in the specified environment. | [optional] +**AllowMyAccount** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using My Account capabilities in the specified environment. | [optional] +**AllowPasswordManagement** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using password management capabilities in the specified environment. | [optional] +**AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using password only login capabilities in the specified environment. | [optional] +**AllowPasswordPolicy** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using password policies in the specified environment. | [optional] +**AllowProvisioning** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using provisioning capabilities in the specified environment. | [optional] +**AllowRoleAssignment** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports role assignments in the specified environment. | [optional] +**AllowVerificationFlow** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using verification flows in the specified environment. | [optional] +**AllowUpdateSelf** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports allowing users to update their own profile. | [optional] +**EntitledToSupport** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license allows PingOne support. | [optional] +**Max** | Pointer to **int32** | An read-only integer that specifies the maximum number of users allowed per environment. | [optional] +**AnnualActiveIncluded** | Pointer to **int32** | A read-only integer that specifies a soft limit on the number of active identities across all environments on the license per year. This property is not visible if a value is not provided at the time the license is created. | [optional] +**MonthlyActiveIncluded** | Pointer to **int32** | A read-only integer that specifies a soft limit on the number of active identities across all environments on the license per month. This property is not visible if a value is not provided at the time the license is created. | [optional] + +## Methods + +### NewLicenseUsers + +`func NewLicenseUsers() *LicenseUsers` + +NewLicenseUsers instantiates a new LicenseUsers object +This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +will change when the set of required properties is changed + +### NewLicenseUsersWithDefaults + +`func NewLicenseUsersWithDefaults() *LicenseUsers` + +NewLicenseUsersWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseUsers object +This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set + +### GetAllowPasswordManagementNotifications + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordManagementNotifications() bool` + +GetAllowPasswordManagementNotifications returns the AllowPasswordManagementNotifications field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowPasswordManagementNotificationsOk + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordManagementNotificationsOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowPasswordManagementNotificationsOk returns a tuple with the AllowPasswordManagementNotifications field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowPasswordManagementNotifications + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowPasswordManagementNotifications(v bool)` + +SetAllowPasswordManagementNotifications sets AllowPasswordManagementNotifications field to given value. + +### HasAllowPasswordManagementNotifications + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowPasswordManagementNotifications() bool` + +HasAllowPasswordManagementNotifications returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowIdentityProviders + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowIdentityProviders() bool` + +GetAllowIdentityProviders returns the AllowIdentityProviders field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowIdentityProvidersOk + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowIdentityProvidersOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowIdentityProvidersOk returns a tuple with the AllowIdentityProviders field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowIdentityProviders + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowIdentityProviders(v bool)` + +SetAllowIdentityProviders sets AllowIdentityProviders field to given value. + +### HasAllowIdentityProviders + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowIdentityProviders() bool` + +HasAllowIdentityProviders returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowMyAccount + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowMyAccount() bool` + +GetAllowMyAccount returns the AllowMyAccount field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowMyAccountOk + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowMyAccountOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowMyAccountOk returns a tuple with the AllowMyAccount field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowMyAccount + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowMyAccount(v bool)` + +SetAllowMyAccount sets AllowMyAccount field to given value. + +### HasAllowMyAccount + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowMyAccount() bool` + +HasAllowMyAccount returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowPasswordManagement + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordManagement() bool` + +GetAllowPasswordManagement returns the AllowPasswordManagement field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowPasswordManagementOk + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordManagementOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowPasswordManagementOk returns a tuple with the AllowPasswordManagement field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowPasswordManagement + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowPasswordManagement(v bool)` + +SetAllowPasswordManagement sets AllowPasswordManagement field to given value. + +### HasAllowPasswordManagement + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowPasswordManagement() bool` + +HasAllowPasswordManagement returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication() bool` + +GetAllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication returns the AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowPasswordOnlyAuthenticationOk + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordOnlyAuthenticationOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowPasswordOnlyAuthenticationOk returns a tuple with the AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication(v bool)` + +SetAllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication sets AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication field to given value. + +### HasAllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication() bool` + +HasAllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowPasswordPolicy + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordPolicy() bool` + +GetAllowPasswordPolicy returns the AllowPasswordPolicy field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowPasswordPolicyOk + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordPolicyOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowPasswordPolicyOk returns a tuple with the AllowPasswordPolicy field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowPasswordPolicy + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowPasswordPolicy(v bool)` + +SetAllowPasswordPolicy sets AllowPasswordPolicy field to given value. + +### HasAllowPasswordPolicy + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowPasswordPolicy() bool` + +HasAllowPasswordPolicy returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowProvisioning + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowProvisioning() bool` + +GetAllowProvisioning returns the AllowProvisioning field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowProvisioningOk + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowProvisioningOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowProvisioningOk returns a tuple with the AllowProvisioning field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowProvisioning + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowProvisioning(v bool)` + +SetAllowProvisioning sets AllowProvisioning field to given value. + +### HasAllowProvisioning + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowProvisioning() bool` + +HasAllowProvisioning returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowRoleAssignment + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowRoleAssignment() bool` + +GetAllowRoleAssignment returns the AllowRoleAssignment field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowRoleAssignmentOk + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowRoleAssignmentOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowRoleAssignmentOk returns a tuple with the AllowRoleAssignment field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowRoleAssignment + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowRoleAssignment(v bool)` + +SetAllowRoleAssignment sets AllowRoleAssignment field to given value. + +### HasAllowRoleAssignment + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowRoleAssignment() bool` + +HasAllowRoleAssignment returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowVerificationFlow + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowVerificationFlow() bool` + +GetAllowVerificationFlow returns the AllowVerificationFlow field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowVerificationFlowOk + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowVerificationFlowOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowVerificationFlowOk returns a tuple with the AllowVerificationFlow field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowVerificationFlow + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowVerificationFlow(v bool)` + +SetAllowVerificationFlow sets AllowVerificationFlow field to given value. + +### HasAllowVerificationFlow + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowVerificationFlow() bool` + +HasAllowVerificationFlow returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowUpdateSelf + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowUpdateSelf() bool` + +GetAllowUpdateSelf returns the AllowUpdateSelf field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowUpdateSelfOk + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowUpdateSelfOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowUpdateSelfOk returns a tuple with the AllowUpdateSelf field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowUpdateSelf + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowUpdateSelf(v bool)` + +SetAllowUpdateSelf sets AllowUpdateSelf field to given value. + +### HasAllowUpdateSelf + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowUpdateSelf() bool` + +HasAllowUpdateSelf returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetEntitledToSupport + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetEntitledToSupport() bool` + +GetEntitledToSupport returns the EntitledToSupport field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetEntitledToSupportOk + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetEntitledToSupportOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetEntitledToSupportOk returns a tuple with the EntitledToSupport field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetEntitledToSupport + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) SetEntitledToSupport(v bool)` + +SetEntitledToSupport sets EntitledToSupport field to given value. + +### HasEntitledToSupport + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) HasEntitledToSupport() bool` + +HasEntitledToSupport returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetMax + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetMax() int32` + +GetMax returns the Max field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetMaxOk + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetMaxOk() (*int32, bool)` + +GetMaxOk returns a tuple with the Max field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetMax + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) SetMax(v int32)` + +SetMax sets Max field to given value. + +### HasMax + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) HasMax() bool` + +HasMax returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAnnualActiveIncluded + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAnnualActiveIncluded() int32` + +GetAnnualActiveIncluded returns the AnnualActiveIncluded field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAnnualActiveIncludedOk + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAnnualActiveIncludedOk() (*int32, bool)` + +GetAnnualActiveIncludedOk returns a tuple with the AnnualActiveIncluded field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAnnualActiveIncluded + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAnnualActiveIncluded(v int32)` + +SetAnnualActiveIncluded sets AnnualActiveIncluded field to given value. + +### HasAnnualActiveIncluded + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAnnualActiveIncluded() bool` + +HasAnnualActiveIncluded returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetMonthlyActiveIncluded + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetMonthlyActiveIncluded() int32` + +GetMonthlyActiveIncluded returns the MonthlyActiveIncluded field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetMonthlyActiveIncludedOk + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) GetMonthlyActiveIncludedOk() (*int32, bool)` + +GetMonthlyActiveIncludedOk returns a tuple with the MonthlyActiveIncluded field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetMonthlyActiveIncluded + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) SetMonthlyActiveIncluded(v int32)` + +SetMonthlyActiveIncluded sets MonthlyActiveIncluded field to given value. + +### HasMonthlyActiveIncluded + +`func (o *LicenseUsers) HasMonthlyActiveIncluded() bool` + +HasMonthlyActiveIncluded returns a boolean if a field has been set. + + +[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md) + + diff --git a/management/docs/LicenseVerify.md b/management/docs/LicenseVerify.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8bb619d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/docs/LicenseVerify.md @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +# LicenseVerify + +## Properties + +Name | Type | Description | Notes +------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- +**AllowPushNotifications** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Verify push notifications feature. | [optional] +**AllowDocumentMatch** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Verify document matching feature. | [optional] +**AllowFaceMatch** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Verify face matching feature. | [optional] +**AllowManualIdInspection** | Pointer to **bool** | A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Verify manual ID inspection feature. | [optional] + +## Methods + +### NewLicenseVerify + +`func NewLicenseVerify() *LicenseVerify` + +NewLicenseVerify instantiates a new LicenseVerify object +This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +will change when the set of required properties is changed + +### NewLicenseVerifyWithDefaults + +`func NewLicenseVerifyWithDefaults() *LicenseVerify` + +NewLicenseVerifyWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseVerify object +This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set + +### GetAllowPushNotifications + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowPushNotifications() bool` + +GetAllowPushNotifications returns the AllowPushNotifications field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowPushNotificationsOk + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowPushNotificationsOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowPushNotificationsOk returns a tuple with the AllowPushNotifications field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowPushNotifications + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) SetAllowPushNotifications(v bool)` + +SetAllowPushNotifications sets AllowPushNotifications field to given value. + +### HasAllowPushNotifications + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) HasAllowPushNotifications() bool` + +HasAllowPushNotifications returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowDocumentMatch + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowDocumentMatch() bool` + +GetAllowDocumentMatch returns the AllowDocumentMatch field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowDocumentMatchOk + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowDocumentMatchOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowDocumentMatchOk returns a tuple with the AllowDocumentMatch field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowDocumentMatch + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) SetAllowDocumentMatch(v bool)` + +SetAllowDocumentMatch sets AllowDocumentMatch field to given value. + +### HasAllowDocumentMatch + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) HasAllowDocumentMatch() bool` + +HasAllowDocumentMatch returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowFaceMatch + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowFaceMatch() bool` + +GetAllowFaceMatch returns the AllowFaceMatch field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowFaceMatchOk + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowFaceMatchOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowFaceMatchOk returns a tuple with the AllowFaceMatch field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowFaceMatch + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) SetAllowFaceMatch(v bool)` + +SetAllowFaceMatch sets AllowFaceMatch field to given value. + +### HasAllowFaceMatch + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) HasAllowFaceMatch() bool` + +HasAllowFaceMatch returns a boolean if a field has been set. + +### GetAllowManualIdInspection + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowManualIdInspection() bool` + +GetAllowManualIdInspection returns the AllowManualIdInspection field if non-nil, zero value otherwise. + +### GetAllowManualIdInspectionOk + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowManualIdInspectionOk() (*bool, bool)` + +GetAllowManualIdInspectionOk returns a tuple with the AllowManualIdInspection field if it's non-nil, zero value otherwise +and a boolean to check if the value has been set. + +### SetAllowManualIdInspection + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) SetAllowManualIdInspection(v bool)` + +SetAllowManualIdInspection sets AllowManualIdInspection field to given value. + +### HasAllowManualIdInspection + +`func (o *LicenseVerify) HasAllowManualIdInspection() bool` + +HasAllowManualIdInspection returns a boolean if a field has been set. + + +[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md) + + diff --git a/management/docs/LicensesApi.md b/management/docs/LicensesApi.md index e0d77421..c7e0a383 100644 --- a/management/docs/LicensesApi.md +++ b/management/docs/LicensesApi.md @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ All URIs are relative to *https://api.pingone.eu* Method | HTTP request | Description ------------- | ------------- | ------------- -[**V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGet**](LicensesApi.md#V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGet) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses | READ All Licenses -[**V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGet**](LicensesApi.md#V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGet) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID} | READ One License -[**V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGet**](LicensesApi.md#V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGet) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/name | READ One License Name -[**V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePut**](LicensesApi.md#V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePut) | **Put** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/name | Update One License Name +[**ReadAllLicenses**](LicensesApi.md#ReadAllLicenses) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses | READ All Licenses +[**ReadOneLicense**](LicensesApi.md#ReadOneLicense) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID} | READ One License +[**ReadOneLicenseName**](LicensesApi.md#ReadOneLicenseName) | **Get** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/name | READ One License Name +[**UpdateOneLicenseName**](LicensesApi.md#UpdateOneLicenseName) | **Put** /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/name | Update One License Name -## V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGet +## ReadAllLicenses -> V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGet(ctx, organizationID).Execute() +> EntityArray ReadAllLicenses(ctx, organizationID).Filter(filter).Order(order).Execute() READ All Licenses @@ -31,14 +31,18 @@ import ( func main() { organizationID := "organizationID_example" // string | + filter := "filter=beginsAt lt "{{now}}"" // string | For organizations with more than one license, you can use a filter to return the list of licenses in descending order. (optional) + order := "order=-beginsAt" // string | (optional) configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - resp, r, err := apiClient.LicensesApi.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGet(context.Background(), organizationID).Execute() + resp, r, err := apiClient.LicensesApi.ReadAllLicenses(context.Background(), organizationID).Filter(filter).Order(order).Execute() if err != nil { - fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error when calling `LicensesApi.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGet``: %v\n", err) + fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error when calling `LicensesApi.ReadAllLicenses``: %v\n", err) fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Full HTTP response: %v\n", r) } + // response from `ReadAllLicenses`: EntityArray + fmt.Fprintf(os.Stdout, "Response from `LicensesApi.ReadAllLicenses`: %v\n", resp) } ``` @@ -52,16 +56,18 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes ### Other Parameters -Other parameters are passed through a pointer to a apiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesGetRequest struct via the builder pattern +Other parameters are passed through a pointer to a apiReadAllLicensesRequest struct via the builder pattern Name | Type | Description | Notes ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- + **filter** | **string** | For organizations with more than one license, you can use a filter to return the list of licenses in descending order. | + **order** | **string** | | ### Return type - (empty response body) +[**EntityArray**](EntityArray.md) ### Authorization @@ -77,9 +83,9 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes [[Back to README]](../README.md) -## V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGet +## ReadOneLicense -> V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGet(ctx, organizationID, licenseID).Execute() +> License ReadOneLicense(ctx, organizationID, licenseID).Execute() READ One License @@ -101,11 +107,13 @@ func main() { configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - resp, r, err := apiClient.LicensesApi.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGet(context.Background(), organizationID, licenseID).Execute() + resp, r, err := apiClient.LicensesApi.ReadOneLicense(context.Background(), organizationID, licenseID).Execute() if err != nil { - fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error when calling `LicensesApi.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGet``: %v\n", err) + fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error when calling `LicensesApi.ReadOneLicense``: %v\n", err) fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Full HTTP response: %v\n", r) } + // response from `ReadOneLicense`: License + fmt.Fprintf(os.Stdout, "Response from `LicensesApi.ReadOneLicense`: %v\n", resp) } ``` @@ -120,7 +128,7 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes ### Other Parameters -Other parameters are passed through a pointer to a apiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDGetRequest struct via the builder pattern +Other parameters are passed through a pointer to a apiReadOneLicenseRequest struct via the builder pattern Name | Type | Description | Notes @@ -130,7 +138,7 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes ### Return type - (empty response body) +[**License**](License.md) ### Authorization @@ -146,9 +154,9 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes [[Back to README]](../README.md) -## V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGet +## ReadOneLicenseName -> V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGet(ctx, organizationID, licenseID).Execute() +> LicenseName ReadOneLicenseName(ctx, organizationID, licenseID).Execute() READ One License Name @@ -170,11 +178,13 @@ func main() { configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - resp, r, err := apiClient.LicensesApi.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGet(context.Background(), organizationID, licenseID).Execute() + resp, r, err := apiClient.LicensesApi.ReadOneLicenseName(context.Background(), organizationID, licenseID).Execute() if err != nil { - fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error when calling `LicensesApi.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGet``: %v\n", err) + fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error when calling `LicensesApi.ReadOneLicenseName``: %v\n", err) fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Full HTTP response: %v\n", r) } + // response from `ReadOneLicenseName`: LicenseName + fmt.Fprintf(os.Stdout, "Response from `LicensesApi.ReadOneLicenseName`: %v\n", resp) } ``` @@ -189,7 +199,7 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes ### Other Parameters -Other parameters are passed through a pointer to a apiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNameGetRequest struct via the builder pattern +Other parameters are passed through a pointer to a apiReadOneLicenseNameRequest struct via the builder pattern Name | Type | Description | Notes @@ -199,7 +209,7 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes ### Return type - (empty response body) +[**LicenseName**](LicenseName.md) ### Authorization @@ -215,9 +225,9 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes [[Back to README]](../README.md) -## V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePut +## UpdateOneLicenseName -> V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePut(ctx, organizationID, licenseID).Body(body).Execute() +> LicenseName UpdateOneLicenseName(ctx, organizationID, licenseID).LicenseName(licenseName).Execute() Update One License Name @@ -236,15 +246,17 @@ import ( func main() { organizationID := "organizationID_example" // string | licenseID := "licenseID_example" // string | - body := map[string]interface{}{ ... } // map[string]interface{} | (optional) + licenseName := *openapiclient.NewLicenseName("Name_example") // LicenseName | (optional) configuration := openapiclient.NewConfiguration() apiClient := openapiclient.NewAPIClient(configuration) - resp, r, err := apiClient.LicensesApi.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePut(context.Background(), organizationID, licenseID).Body(body).Execute() + resp, r, err := apiClient.LicensesApi.UpdateOneLicenseName(context.Background(), organizationID, licenseID).LicenseName(licenseName).Execute() if err != nil { - fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error when calling `LicensesApi.V1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePut``: %v\n", err) + fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error when calling `LicensesApi.UpdateOneLicenseName``: %v\n", err) fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Full HTTP response: %v\n", r) } + // response from `UpdateOneLicenseName`: LicenseName + fmt.Fprintf(os.Stdout, "Response from `LicensesApi.UpdateOneLicenseName`: %v\n", resp) } ``` @@ -259,18 +271,18 @@ Name | Type | Description | Notes ### Other Parameters -Other parameters are passed through a pointer to a apiV1OrganizationsOrganizationIDLicensesLicenseIDNamePutRequest struct via the builder pattern +Other parameters are passed through a pointer to a apiUpdateOneLicenseNameRequest struct via the builder pattern Name | Type | Description | Notes ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- - **body** | **map[string]interface{}** | | + **licenseName** | [**LicenseName**](LicenseName.md) | | ### Return type - (empty response body) +[**LicenseName**](LicenseName.md) ### Authorization diff --git a/management/go.mod b/management/go.mod index 5cb03662..932e3625 100644 --- a/management/go.mod +++ b/management/go.mod @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ module github.com/patrickcping/pingone-go-sdk-v2/management go 1.13 require ( - golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20220909164309-bea034e7d591 // indirect + golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20220927171203-f486391704dc // indirect golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20220909003341-f21342109be1 google.golang.org/protobuf v1.28.1 // indirect ) diff --git a/management/go.sum b/management/go.sum index e40cbcb0..58b3670e 100644 --- a/management/go.sum +++ b/management/go.sum @@ -283,8 +283,8 @@ golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20220412020605-290c469a71a5/go.mod h1:CfG3xpIq0wQ8r1q4Su golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20220425223048-2871e0cb64e4/go.mod h1:CfG3xpIq0wQ8r1q4Su4UZFWDARRcnwPjda9FqA0JpMk= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20220607020251-c690dde0001d/go.mod h1:XRhObCWvk6IyKnWLug+ECip1KBveYUHfp+8e9klMJ9c= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20220624214902-1bab6f366d9e/go.mod h1:XRhObCWvk6IyKnWLug+ECip1KBveYUHfp+8e9klMJ9c= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20220909164309-bea034e7d591 h1:D0B/7al0LLrVC8aWF4+oxpv/m8bc7ViFfVS8/gXGdqI= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20220909164309-bea034e7d591/go.mod h1:YDH+HFinaLZZlnHAfSS6ZXJJ9M9t4Dl22yv3iI2vPwk= +golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20220927171203-f486391704dc h1:FxpXZdoBqT8RjqTy6i1E8nXHhW21wK7ptQ/EPIGxzPQ= +golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20220927171203-f486391704dc/go.mod h1:YDH+HFinaLZZlnHAfSS6ZXJJ9M9t4Dl22yv3iI2vPwk= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20180821212333-d2e6202438be/go.mod h1:N/0e6XlmueqKjAGxoOufVs8QHGRruUQn6yWY3a++T0U= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20190226205417-e64efc72b421/go.mod h1:gOpvHmFTYa4IltrdGE7lF6nIHvwfUNPOp7c8zoXwtLw= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20190604053449-0f29369cfe45/go.mod h1:gOpvHmFTYa4IltrdGE7lF6nIHvwfUNPOp7c8zoXwtLw= diff --git a/management/model_certificate.go b/management/model_certificate.go index dadd1aa5..45be08c5 100644 --- a/management/model_certificate.go +++ b/management/model_certificate.go @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ import ( type Certificate struct { Algorithm EnumCertificateKeyAlgorithm `json:"algorithm"` // The time the resource was created. - CreatedAt *string `json:"createdAt,omitempty"` + CreatedAt *time.Time `json:"createdAt,omitempty"` // Specifies whether this is the default key for the specified environment. Default *bool `json:"default,omitempty"` Environment *ObjectEnvironment `json:"environment,omitempty"` @@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ func (o *Certificate) SetAlgorithm(v EnumCertificateKeyAlgorithm) { } // GetCreatedAt returns the CreatedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise. -func (o *Certificate) GetCreatedAt() string { +func (o *Certificate) GetCreatedAt() time.Time { if o == nil || o.CreatedAt == nil { - var ret string + var ret time.Time return ret } return *o.CreatedAt @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ func (o *Certificate) GetCreatedAt() string { // GetCreatedAtOk returns a tuple with the CreatedAt field value if set, nil otherwise // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *Certificate) GetCreatedAtOk() (*string, bool) { +func (o *Certificate) GetCreatedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool) { if o == nil || o.CreatedAt == nil { return nil, false } @@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ func (o *Certificate) HasCreatedAt() bool { return false } -// SetCreatedAt gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CreatedAt field. -func (o *Certificate) SetCreatedAt(v string) { +// SetCreatedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedAt field. +func (o *Certificate) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) { o.CreatedAt = &v } diff --git a/management/model_entity_array__embedded.go b/management/model_entity_array__embedded.go index db757af5..a4547c0d 100644 --- a/management/model_entity_array__embedded.go +++ b/management/model_entity_array__embedded.go @@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ type EntityArrayEmbedded struct { IdentityProviders []IdentityProvider `json:"identityProviders,omitempty"` Keys []Certificate `json:"keys,omitempty"` Languages []AgreementLanguage `json:"languages,omitempty"` + Licenses []License `json:"licenses,omitempty"` Organizations []Organization `json:"organizations,omitempty"` PasswordPolicies []PasswordPolicy `json:"passwordPolicies,omitempty"` Populations []Population `json:"populations,omitempty"` @@ -643,6 +644,38 @@ func (o *EntityArrayEmbedded) SetLanguages(v []AgreementLanguage) { o.Languages = v } +// GetLicenses returns the Licenses field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *EntityArrayEmbedded) GetLicenses() []License { + if o == nil || o.Licenses == nil { + var ret []License + return ret + } + return o.Licenses +} + +// GetLicensesOk returns a tuple with the Licenses field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *EntityArrayEmbedded) GetLicensesOk() ([]License, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Licenses == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Licenses, true +} + +// HasLicenses returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *EntityArrayEmbedded) HasLicenses() bool { + if o != nil && o.Licenses != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetLicenses gets a reference to the given []License and assigns it to the Licenses field. +func (o *EntityArrayEmbedded) SetLicenses(v []License) { + o.Licenses = v +} + // GetOrganizations returns the Organizations field value if set, zero value otherwise. func (o *EntityArrayEmbedded) GetOrganizations() []Organization { if o == nil || o.Organizations == nil { @@ -1147,6 +1180,9 @@ func (o EntityArrayEmbedded) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { if o.Languages != nil { toSerialize["languages"] = o.Languages } + if o.Licenses != nil { + toSerialize["licenses"] = o.Licenses + } if o.Organizations != nil { toSerialize["organizations"] = o.Organizations } diff --git a/management/model_entity_array__embedded_applications_inner.go b/management/model_entity_array__embedded_applications_inner.go deleted file mode 100644 index 70d1ffa5..00000000 --- a/management/model_entity_array__embedded_applications_inner.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -/* -PingOne Platform API - SSO and Base - -The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as the Management APIs) - -API version: 2022-08-02 -*/ - -package management - -import ( - "encoding/json" - "fmt" -) - -// EntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner struct for EntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner -type EntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner struct { - ApplicationOIDC *ApplicationOIDC - ApplicationSAML *ApplicationSAML -} - -// Unmarshal JSON data into any of the pointers in the struct -func (dst *EntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) error { - - var common Application - - if err := json.Unmarshal(data, &common); err != nil { // simple model - return err - } - - dst.ApplicationOIDC = nil - dst.ApplicationSAML = nil - - switch common.GetProtocol() { - case ENUMAPPLICATIONPROTOCOL_OPENID_CONNECT: - if err := json.Unmarshal(data, &dst.ApplicationOIDC); err != nil { // simple model - return err - } - case ENUMAPPLICATIONPROTOCOL_SAML: - if err := json.Unmarshal(data, &dst.ApplicationSAML); err != nil { // simple model - return err - } - default: - return fmt.Errorf("Data failed to match schemas in anyOf(EntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner)") - } - return nil -} - -// Marshal data from the first non-nil pointers in the struct to JSON -func (src *EntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - if src.ApplicationOIDC != nil { - return json.Marshal(&src.ApplicationOIDC) - } - - if src.ApplicationSAML != nil { - return json.Marshal(&src.ApplicationSAML) - } - - return nil, nil // no data in anyOf schemas -} - -type NullableEntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner struct { - value *EntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableEntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner) Get() *EntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableEntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner) Set(val *EntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableEntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableEntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableEntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner(val *EntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner) *NullableEntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner { - return &NullableEntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableEntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableEntityArrayEmbeddedApplicationsInner) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} diff --git a/management/model_enum_license_package.go b/management/model_enum_license_package.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8e7a1583 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/model_enum_license_package.go @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/* +PingOne Platform API - SSO and Base + +The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as the Management APIs) + +API version: 2022-08-02 +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package management + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// EnumLicensePackage A string that specifies the license template on which this license is based. This is a required property. Options are `TRIAL`, `STANDARD`, `PREMIUM`, `MFA`, `RISK`, `MFARISK`, and `GLOBAL`. +type EnumLicensePackage string + +// List of EnumLicensePackage +const ( + ENUMLICENSEPACKAGE_TRIAL EnumLicensePackage = "TRIAL" + ENUMLICENSEPACKAGE_STANDARD EnumLicensePackage = "STANDARD" + ENUMLICENSEPACKAGE_PREMIUM EnumLicensePackage = "PREMIUM" + ENUMLICENSEPACKAGE_MFA EnumLicensePackage = "MFA" + ENUMLICENSEPACKAGE_RISK EnumLicensePackage = "RISK" + ENUMLICENSEPACKAGE_MFARISK EnumLicensePackage = "MFARISK" + ENUMLICENSEPACKAGE_GLOBAL EnumLicensePackage = "GLOBAL" +) + +// All allowed values of EnumLicensePackage enum +var AllowedEnumLicensePackageEnumValues = []EnumLicensePackage{ + "TRIAL", + "STANDARD", + "PREMIUM", + "MFA", + "RISK", + "MFARISK", + "GLOBAL", +} + +func (v *EnumLicensePackage) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := EnumLicensePackage(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedEnumLicensePackageEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid EnumLicensePackage", value) +} + +// NewEnumLicensePackageFromValue returns a pointer to a valid EnumLicensePackage +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewEnumLicensePackageFromValue(v string) (*EnumLicensePackage, error) { + ev := EnumLicensePackage(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for EnumLicensePackage: valid values are %v", v, AllowedEnumLicensePackageEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v EnumLicensePackage) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedEnumLicensePackageEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to EnumLicensePackage value +func (v EnumLicensePackage) Ptr() *EnumLicensePackage { + return &v +} + +type NullableEnumLicensePackage struct { + value *EnumLicensePackage + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEnumLicensePackage) Get() *EnumLicensePackage { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEnumLicensePackage) Set(val *EnumLicensePackage) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEnumLicensePackage) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEnumLicensePackage) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEnumLicensePackage(val *EnumLicensePackage) *NullableEnumLicensePackage { + return &NullableEnumLicensePackage{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEnumLicensePackage) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEnumLicensePackage) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/management/model_enum_license_status.go b/management/model_enum_license_status.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..67953dd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/model_enum_license_status.go @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/* +PingOne Platform API - SSO and Base + +The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as the Management APIs) + +API version: 2022-08-02 +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package management + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// EnumLicenseStatus A string that specifies the status of the license. Options are `ACTIVE`, `EXPIRED`, and `FUTURE`. +type EnumLicenseStatus string + +// List of EnumLicenseStatus +const ( + ENUMLICENSESTATUS_ACTIVE EnumLicenseStatus = "ACTIVE" + ENUMLICENSESTATUS_EXPIRED EnumLicenseStatus = "EXPIRED" + ENUMLICENSESTATUS_FUTURE EnumLicenseStatus = "FUTURE" +) + +// All allowed values of EnumLicenseStatus enum +var AllowedEnumLicenseStatusEnumValues = []EnumLicenseStatus{ + "ACTIVE", + "EXPIRED", + "FUTURE", +} + +func (v *EnumLicenseStatus) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + var value string + err := json.Unmarshal(src, &value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + enumTypeValue := EnumLicenseStatus(value) + for _, existing := range AllowedEnumLicenseStatusEnumValues { + if existing == enumTypeValue { + *v = enumTypeValue + return nil + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("%+v is not a valid EnumLicenseStatus", value) +} + +// NewEnumLicenseStatusFromValue returns a pointer to a valid EnumLicenseStatus +// for the value passed as argument, or an error if the value passed is not allowed by the enum +func NewEnumLicenseStatusFromValue(v string) (*EnumLicenseStatus, error) { + ev := EnumLicenseStatus(v) + if ev.IsValid() { + return &ev, nil + } else { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid value '%v' for EnumLicenseStatus: valid values are %v", v, AllowedEnumLicenseStatusEnumValues) + } +} + +// IsValid return true if the value is valid for the enum, false otherwise +func (v EnumLicenseStatus) IsValid() bool { + for _, existing := range AllowedEnumLicenseStatusEnumValues { + if existing == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Ptr returns reference to EnumLicenseStatus value +func (v EnumLicenseStatus) Ptr() *EnumLicenseStatus { + return &v +} + +type NullableEnumLicenseStatus struct { + value *EnumLicenseStatus + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableEnumLicenseStatus) Get() *EnumLicenseStatus { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableEnumLicenseStatus) Set(val *EnumLicenseStatus) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableEnumLicenseStatus) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableEnumLicenseStatus) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableEnumLicenseStatus(val *EnumLicenseStatus) *NullableEnumLicenseStatus { + return &NullableEnumLicenseStatus{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableEnumLicenseStatus) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableEnumLicenseStatus) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + diff --git a/management/model_enum_region_code.go b/management/model_enum_region_code.go index f768024d..bf1de45e 100644 --- a/management/model_enum_region_code.go +++ b/management/model_enum_region_code.go @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ import ( "fmt" ) -// EnumRegionCode A string that specifies the region in which this environment will be used. The value is set when the environment is created and cannot be updated. +// EnumRegionCode A string that specifies the environment region code. The value is set when the environment is created and cannot be updated. type EnumRegionCode string // List of EnumRegionCode diff --git a/management/model_identity_provider_saml_all_of_idp_verification.go b/management/model_identity_provider_saml_all_of_idp_verification.go index 3b9abfd5..53159336 100644 --- a/management/model_identity_provider_saml_all_of_idp_verification.go +++ b/management/model_identity_provider_saml_all_of_idp_verification.go @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@ import ( // IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification struct for IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification type IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification struct { // A array that specifies the identity provider's certificate IDs used to verify the signature on the signed assertion from the identity provider. Signing is done with a private key and verified with a public key. - Certificates []ApplicationAccessControlGroupGroupsInner `json:"certificates"` + Certificates []IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates `json:"certificates"` } // NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification instantiates a new IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification object // This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, // and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments // will change when the set of required properties is changed -func NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification(certificates []ApplicationAccessControlGroupGroupsInner) *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification { +func NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification(certificates []IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification { this := IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification{} this.Certificates = certificates return &this @@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ func NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationWithDefaults() *IdentityProvider } // GetCertificates returns the Certificates field value -func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification) GetCertificates() []ApplicationAccessControlGroupGroupsInner { +func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification) GetCertificates() []IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates { if o == nil { - var ret []ApplicationAccessControlGroupGroupsInner + var ret []IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates return ret } @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification) GetCertificates() []Applicati // GetCertificatesOk returns a tuple with the Certificates field value // and a boolean to check if the value has been set. -func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification) GetCertificatesOk() ([]ApplicationAccessControlGroupGroupsInner, bool) { +func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification) GetCertificatesOk() ([]IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates, bool) { if o == nil { return nil, false } @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification) GetCertificatesOk() ([]Applic } // SetCertificates sets field value -func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification) SetCertificates(v []ApplicationAccessControlGroupGroupsInner) { +func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerification) SetCertificates(v []IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) { o.Certificates = v } diff --git a/management/model_identity_provider_saml_all_of_idp_verification_certificates.go b/management/model_identity_provider_saml_all_of_idp_verification_certificates.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0b7ebcf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/model_identity_provider_saml_all_of_idp_verification_certificates.go @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* +PingOne Platform API - SSO and Base + +The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as the Management APIs) + +API version: 2022-08-02 +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package management + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates struct for IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates +type IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates struct { + Id string `json:"id"` +} + +// NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates instantiates a new IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates(id string) *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates { + this := IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates{} + this.Id = id + return &this +} + +// NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificatesWithDefaults instantiates a new IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificatesWithDefaults() *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates { + this := IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value +func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) GetId() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Id, true +} + +// SetId sets field value +func (o *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = v +} + +func (o IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if true { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +type NullableIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates struct { + value *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) Get() *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) Set(val *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates(val *IdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) *NullableIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates { + return &NullableIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableIdentityProviderSAMLAllOfIdpVerificationCertificates) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/management/model_license.go b/management/model_license.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5c6c805 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/model_license.go @@ -0,0 +1,690 @@ +/* +PingOne Platform API - SSO and Base + +The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as the Management APIs) + +API version: 2022-08-02 +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package management + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// License struct for License +type License struct { + // A read-only integer that specifies the total number of environments associated with this license. + AssignedEnvironmentsCount *int32 `json:"assignedEnvironmentsCount,omitempty"` + Authorize *LicenseAuthorize `json:"authorize,omitempty"` + // The date and time this license begins. + BeginsAt *string `json:"beginsAt,omitempty"` + Environments *LicenseEnvironments `json:"environments,omitempty"` + // The date and time this license expires. TRIAL licenses stop access to PingOne services at expiration. All other licenses trigger an event to send a notification when the license expires but do not block services. + ExpiresAt *string `json:"expiresAt,omitempty"` + // A read-only string that specifies the license resource’s unique identifier. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` + Intelligence *LicenseIntelligence `json:"intelligence,omitempty"` + Mfa *LicenseMfa `json:"mfa,omitempty"` + // A string that specifies a descriptive name for the license. This is a required property in a license name update request. Valid characters consists of any Unicode letter, mark, numeric character, forward slash, dot, apostrophe, underscore, space, or hyphen. The maximum length of a name is 255 characters. + Name string `json:"name"` + Organization *ObjectOrganization `json:"organization,omitempty"` + Package *EnumLicensePackage `json:"package,omitempty"` + ReplacesLicense *LicenseReplacesLicense `json:"replacesLicense,omitempty"` + ReplacedByLicense *LicenseReplacedByLicense `json:"replacedByLicense,omitempty"` + Status *EnumLicenseStatus `json:"status,omitempty"` + // An optional attribute that designates the exact date and time when this license terminates access to PingOne services. This attribute can be added to any licensing package. + TerminatesAt *string `json:"terminatesAt,omitempty"` + Users *LicenseUsers `json:"users,omitempty"` + Verify *LicenseVerify `json:"verify,omitempty"` +} + +// NewLicense instantiates a new License object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLicense(name string) *License { + this := License{} + this.Name = name + return &this +} + +// NewLicenseWithDefaults instantiates a new License object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLicenseWithDefaults() *License { + this := License{} + return &this +} + +// GetAssignedEnvironmentsCount returns the AssignedEnvironmentsCount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetAssignedEnvironmentsCount() int32 { + if o == nil || o.AssignedEnvironmentsCount == nil { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.AssignedEnvironmentsCount +} + +// GetAssignedEnvironmentsCountOk returns a tuple with the AssignedEnvironmentsCount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetAssignedEnvironmentsCountOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AssignedEnvironmentsCount == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AssignedEnvironmentsCount, true +} + +// HasAssignedEnvironmentsCount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasAssignedEnvironmentsCount() bool { + if o != nil && o.AssignedEnvironmentsCount != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAssignedEnvironmentsCount gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the AssignedEnvironmentsCount field. +func (o *License) SetAssignedEnvironmentsCount(v int32) { + o.AssignedEnvironmentsCount = &v +} + +// GetAuthorize returns the Authorize field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetAuthorize() LicenseAuthorize { + if o == nil || o.Authorize == nil { + var ret LicenseAuthorize + return ret + } + return *o.Authorize +} + +// GetAuthorizeOk returns a tuple with the Authorize field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetAuthorizeOk() (*LicenseAuthorize, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Authorize == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Authorize, true +} + +// HasAuthorize returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasAuthorize() bool { + if o != nil && o.Authorize != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAuthorize gets a reference to the given LicenseAuthorize and assigns it to the Authorize field. +func (o *License) SetAuthorize(v LicenseAuthorize) { + o.Authorize = &v +} + +// GetBeginsAt returns the BeginsAt field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetBeginsAt() string { + if o == nil || o.BeginsAt == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.BeginsAt +} + +// GetBeginsAtOk returns a tuple with the BeginsAt field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetBeginsAtOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || o.BeginsAt == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.BeginsAt, true +} + +// HasBeginsAt returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasBeginsAt() bool { + if o != nil && o.BeginsAt != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetBeginsAt gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BeginsAt field. +func (o *License) SetBeginsAt(v string) { + o.BeginsAt = &v +} + +// GetEnvironments returns the Environments field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetEnvironments() LicenseEnvironments { + if o == nil || o.Environments == nil { + var ret LicenseEnvironments + return ret + } + return *o.Environments +} + +// GetEnvironmentsOk returns a tuple with the Environments field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetEnvironmentsOk() (*LicenseEnvironments, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Environments == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Environments, true +} + +// HasEnvironments returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasEnvironments() bool { + if o != nil && o.Environments != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEnvironments gets a reference to the given LicenseEnvironments and assigns it to the Environments field. +func (o *License) SetEnvironments(v LicenseEnvironments) { + o.Environments = &v +} + +// GetExpiresAt returns the ExpiresAt field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetExpiresAt() string { + if o == nil || o.ExpiresAt == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.ExpiresAt +} + +// GetExpiresAtOk returns a tuple with the ExpiresAt field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetExpiresAtOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || o.ExpiresAt == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.ExpiresAt, true +} + +// HasExpiresAt returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasExpiresAt() bool { + if o != nil && o.ExpiresAt != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetExpiresAt gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExpiresAt field. +func (o *License) SetExpiresAt(v string) { + o.ExpiresAt = &v +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetId() string { + if o == nil || o.Id == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Id == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && o.Id != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *License) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +// GetIntelligence returns the Intelligence field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetIntelligence() LicenseIntelligence { + if o == nil || o.Intelligence == nil { + var ret LicenseIntelligence + return ret + } + return *o.Intelligence +} + +// GetIntelligenceOk returns a tuple with the Intelligence field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetIntelligenceOk() (*LicenseIntelligence, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Intelligence == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Intelligence, true +} + +// HasIntelligence returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasIntelligence() bool { + if o != nil && o.Intelligence != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetIntelligence gets a reference to the given LicenseIntelligence and assigns it to the Intelligence field. +func (o *License) SetIntelligence(v LicenseIntelligence) { + o.Intelligence = &v +} + +// GetMfa returns the Mfa field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetMfa() LicenseMfa { + if o == nil || o.Mfa == nil { + var ret LicenseMfa + return ret + } + return *o.Mfa +} + +// GetMfaOk returns a tuple with the Mfa field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetMfaOk() (*LicenseMfa, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Mfa == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Mfa, true +} + +// HasMfa returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasMfa() bool { + if o != nil && o.Mfa != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMfa gets a reference to the given LicenseMfa and assigns it to the Mfa field. +func (o *License) SetMfa(v LicenseMfa) { + o.Mfa = &v +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value +func (o *License) GetName() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Name, true +} + +// SetName sets field value +func (o *License) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = v +} + +// GetOrganization returns the Organization field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetOrganization() ObjectOrganization { + if o == nil || o.Organization == nil { + var ret ObjectOrganization + return ret + } + return *o.Organization +} + +// GetOrganizationOk returns a tuple with the Organization field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetOrganizationOk() (*ObjectOrganization, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Organization == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Organization, true +} + +// HasOrganization returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasOrganization() bool { + if o != nil && o.Organization != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetOrganization gets a reference to the given ObjectOrganization and assigns it to the Organization field. +func (o *License) SetOrganization(v ObjectOrganization) { + o.Organization = &v +} + +// GetPackage returns the Package field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetPackage() EnumLicensePackage { + if o == nil || o.Package == nil { + var ret EnumLicensePackage + return ret + } + return *o.Package +} + +// GetPackageOk returns a tuple with the Package field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetPackageOk() (*EnumLicensePackage, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Package == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Package, true +} + +// HasPackage returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasPackage() bool { + if o != nil && o.Package != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetPackage gets a reference to the given EnumLicensePackage and assigns it to the Package field. +func (o *License) SetPackage(v EnumLicensePackage) { + o.Package = &v +} + +// GetReplacesLicense returns the ReplacesLicense field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetReplacesLicense() LicenseReplacesLicense { + if o == nil || o.ReplacesLicense == nil { + var ret LicenseReplacesLicense + return ret + } + return *o.ReplacesLicense +} + +// GetReplacesLicenseOk returns a tuple with the ReplacesLicense field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetReplacesLicenseOk() (*LicenseReplacesLicense, bool) { + if o == nil || o.ReplacesLicense == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.ReplacesLicense, true +} + +// HasReplacesLicense returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasReplacesLicense() bool { + if o != nil && o.ReplacesLicense != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetReplacesLicense gets a reference to the given LicenseReplacesLicense and assigns it to the ReplacesLicense field. +func (o *License) SetReplacesLicense(v LicenseReplacesLicense) { + o.ReplacesLicense = &v +} + +// GetReplacedByLicense returns the ReplacedByLicense field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetReplacedByLicense() LicenseReplacedByLicense { + if o == nil || o.ReplacedByLicense == nil { + var ret LicenseReplacedByLicense + return ret + } + return *o.ReplacedByLicense +} + +// GetReplacedByLicenseOk returns a tuple with the ReplacedByLicense field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetReplacedByLicenseOk() (*LicenseReplacedByLicense, bool) { + if o == nil || o.ReplacedByLicense == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.ReplacedByLicense, true +} + +// HasReplacedByLicense returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasReplacedByLicense() bool { + if o != nil && o.ReplacedByLicense != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetReplacedByLicense gets a reference to the given LicenseReplacedByLicense and assigns it to the ReplacedByLicense field. +func (o *License) SetReplacedByLicense(v LicenseReplacedByLicense) { + o.ReplacedByLicense = &v +} + +// GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetStatus() EnumLicenseStatus { + if o == nil || o.Status == nil { + var ret EnumLicenseStatus + return ret + } + return *o.Status +} + +// GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetStatusOk() (*EnumLicenseStatus, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Status == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Status, true +} + +// HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasStatus() bool { + if o != nil && o.Status != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetStatus gets a reference to the given EnumLicenseStatus and assigns it to the Status field. +func (o *License) SetStatus(v EnumLicenseStatus) { + o.Status = &v +} + +// GetTerminatesAt returns the TerminatesAt field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetTerminatesAt() string { + if o == nil || o.TerminatesAt == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.TerminatesAt +} + +// GetTerminatesAtOk returns a tuple with the TerminatesAt field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetTerminatesAtOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || o.TerminatesAt == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.TerminatesAt, true +} + +// HasTerminatesAt returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasTerminatesAt() bool { + if o != nil && o.TerminatesAt != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetTerminatesAt gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TerminatesAt field. +func (o *License) SetTerminatesAt(v string) { + o.TerminatesAt = &v +} + +// GetUsers returns the Users field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetUsers() LicenseUsers { + if o == nil || o.Users == nil { + var ret LicenseUsers + return ret + } + return *o.Users +} + +// GetUsersOk returns a tuple with the Users field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetUsersOk() (*LicenseUsers, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Users == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Users, true +} + +// HasUsers returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasUsers() bool { + if o != nil && o.Users != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetUsers gets a reference to the given LicenseUsers and assigns it to the Users field. +func (o *License) SetUsers(v LicenseUsers) { + o.Users = &v +} + +// GetVerify returns the Verify field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *License) GetVerify() LicenseVerify { + if o == nil || o.Verify == nil { + var ret LicenseVerify + return ret + } + return *o.Verify +} + +// GetVerifyOk returns a tuple with the Verify field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *License) GetVerifyOk() (*LicenseVerify, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Verify == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Verify, true +} + +// HasVerify returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *License) HasVerify() bool { + if o != nil && o.Verify != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetVerify gets a reference to the given LicenseVerify and assigns it to the Verify field. +func (o *License) SetVerify(v LicenseVerify) { + o.Verify = &v +} + +func (o License) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if o.AssignedEnvironmentsCount != nil { + toSerialize["assignedEnvironmentsCount"] = o.AssignedEnvironmentsCount + } + if o.Authorize != nil { + toSerialize["authorize"] = o.Authorize + } + if o.BeginsAt != nil { + toSerialize["beginsAt"] = o.BeginsAt + } + if o.Environments != nil { + toSerialize["environments"] = o.Environments + } + if o.ExpiresAt != nil { + toSerialize["expiresAt"] = o.ExpiresAt + } + if o.Id != nil { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + if o.Intelligence != nil { + toSerialize["intelligence"] = o.Intelligence + } + if o.Mfa != nil { + toSerialize["mfa"] = o.Mfa + } + if true { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + if o.Organization != nil { + toSerialize["organization"] = o.Organization + } + if o.Package != nil { + toSerialize["package"] = o.Package + } + if o.ReplacesLicense != nil { + toSerialize["replacesLicense"] = o.ReplacesLicense + } + if o.ReplacedByLicense != nil { + toSerialize["replacedByLicense"] = o.ReplacedByLicense + } + if o.Status != nil { + toSerialize["status"] = o.Status + } + if o.TerminatesAt != nil { + toSerialize["terminatesAt"] = o.TerminatesAt + } + if o.Users != nil { + toSerialize["users"] = o.Users + } + if o.Verify != nil { + toSerialize["verify"] = o.Verify + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +type NullableLicense struct { + value *License + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLicense) Get() *License { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLicense) Set(val *License) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLicense) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLicense) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLicense(val *License) *NullableLicense { + return &NullableLicense{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLicense) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLicense) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/management/model_license_authorize.go b/management/model_license_authorize.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76f77b40 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/model_license_authorize.go @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +/* +PingOne Platform API - SSO and Base + +The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as the Management APIs) + +API version: 2022-08-02 +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package management + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// LicenseAuthorize struct for LicenseAuthorize +type LicenseAuthorize struct { + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Authorize API access management feature. + AllowApiAccessManagement *bool `json:"allowApiAccessManagement,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Authorize dynamic authorization feature. + AllowDynamicAuthorization *bool `json:"allowDynamicAuthorization,omitempty"` +} + +// NewLicenseAuthorize instantiates a new LicenseAuthorize object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLicenseAuthorize() *LicenseAuthorize { + this := LicenseAuthorize{} + return &this +} + +// NewLicenseAuthorizeWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseAuthorize object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLicenseAuthorizeWithDefaults() *LicenseAuthorize { + this := LicenseAuthorize{} + return &this +} + +// GetAllowApiAccessManagement returns the AllowApiAccessManagement field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseAuthorize) GetAllowApiAccessManagement() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowApiAccessManagement == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowApiAccessManagement +} + +// GetAllowApiAccessManagementOk returns a tuple with the AllowApiAccessManagement field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseAuthorize) GetAllowApiAccessManagementOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowApiAccessManagement == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowApiAccessManagement, true +} + +// HasAllowApiAccessManagement returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseAuthorize) HasAllowApiAccessManagement() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowApiAccessManagement != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowApiAccessManagement gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowApiAccessManagement field. +func (o *LicenseAuthorize) SetAllowApiAccessManagement(v bool) { + o.AllowApiAccessManagement = &v +} + +// GetAllowDynamicAuthorization returns the AllowDynamicAuthorization field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseAuthorize) GetAllowDynamicAuthorization() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowDynamicAuthorization == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowDynamicAuthorization +} + +// GetAllowDynamicAuthorizationOk returns a tuple with the AllowDynamicAuthorization field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseAuthorize) GetAllowDynamicAuthorizationOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowDynamicAuthorization == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowDynamicAuthorization, true +} + +// HasAllowDynamicAuthorization returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseAuthorize) HasAllowDynamicAuthorization() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowDynamicAuthorization != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowDynamicAuthorization gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowDynamicAuthorization field. +func (o *LicenseAuthorize) SetAllowDynamicAuthorization(v bool) { + o.AllowDynamicAuthorization = &v +} + +func (o LicenseAuthorize) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if o.AllowApiAccessManagement != nil { + toSerialize["allowApiAccessManagement"] = o.AllowApiAccessManagement + } + if o.AllowDynamicAuthorization != nil { + toSerialize["allowDynamicAuthorization"] = o.AllowDynamicAuthorization + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +type NullableLicenseAuthorize struct { + value *LicenseAuthorize + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLicenseAuthorize) Get() *LicenseAuthorize { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseAuthorize) Set(val *LicenseAuthorize) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLicenseAuthorize) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseAuthorize) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLicenseAuthorize(val *LicenseAuthorize) *NullableLicenseAuthorize { + return &NullableLicenseAuthorize{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLicenseAuthorize) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseAuthorize) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/management/model_license_environments.go b/management/model_license_environments.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6e711cc --- /dev/null +++ b/management/model_license_environments.go @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ +/* +PingOne Platform API - SSO and Base + +The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as the Management APIs) + +API version: 2022-08-02 +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package management + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// LicenseEnvironments struct for LicenseEnvironments +type LicenseEnvironments struct { + // A boolean that specifies whether the license supports creation of application connections in the specified environment. + AllowConnections *bool `json:"allowConnections,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports creation of a custom domain in the specified environment. + AllowCustomDomain *bool `json:"allowCustomDomain,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using custom schema attributes in the specified environment. + AllowCustomSchema *bool `json:"allowCustomSchema,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether production environments are allowed. + AllowProduction *bool `json:"allowProduction,omitempty"` + // A read-only integer that specifies the maximum number of environments allowed. + Max *int32 `json:"max,omitempty"` + Regions *EnumRegionCode `json:"regions,omitempty"` +} + +// NewLicenseEnvironments instantiates a new LicenseEnvironments object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLicenseEnvironments() *LicenseEnvironments { + this := LicenseEnvironments{} + return &this +} + +// NewLicenseEnvironmentsWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseEnvironments object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLicenseEnvironmentsWithDefaults() *LicenseEnvironments { + this := LicenseEnvironments{} + return &this +} + +// GetAllowConnections returns the AllowConnections field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowConnections() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowConnections == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowConnections +} + +// GetAllowConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the AllowConnections field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowConnectionsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowConnections == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowConnections, true +} + +// HasAllowConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) HasAllowConnections() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowConnections != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowConnections gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowConnections field. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) SetAllowConnections(v bool) { + o.AllowConnections = &v +} + +// GetAllowCustomDomain returns the AllowCustomDomain field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowCustomDomain() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowCustomDomain == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowCustomDomain +} + +// GetAllowCustomDomainOk returns a tuple with the AllowCustomDomain field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowCustomDomainOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowCustomDomain == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowCustomDomain, true +} + +// HasAllowCustomDomain returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) HasAllowCustomDomain() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowCustomDomain != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowCustomDomain gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowCustomDomain field. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) SetAllowCustomDomain(v bool) { + o.AllowCustomDomain = &v +} + +// GetAllowCustomSchema returns the AllowCustomSchema field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowCustomSchema() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowCustomSchema == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowCustomSchema +} + +// GetAllowCustomSchemaOk returns a tuple with the AllowCustomSchema field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowCustomSchemaOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowCustomSchema == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowCustomSchema, true +} + +// HasAllowCustomSchema returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) HasAllowCustomSchema() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowCustomSchema != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowCustomSchema gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowCustomSchema field. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) SetAllowCustomSchema(v bool) { + o.AllowCustomSchema = &v +} + +// GetAllowProduction returns the AllowProduction field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowProduction() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowProduction == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowProduction +} + +// GetAllowProductionOk returns a tuple with the AllowProduction field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetAllowProductionOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowProduction == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowProduction, true +} + +// HasAllowProduction returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) HasAllowProduction() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowProduction != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowProduction gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowProduction field. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) SetAllowProduction(v bool) { + o.AllowProduction = &v +} + +// GetMax returns the Max field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetMax() int32 { + if o == nil || o.Max == nil { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Max +} + +// GetMaxOk returns a tuple with the Max field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetMaxOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Max == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Max, true +} + +// HasMax returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) HasMax() bool { + if o != nil && o.Max != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMax gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Max field. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) SetMax(v int32) { + o.Max = &v +} + +// GetRegions returns the Regions field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetRegions() EnumRegionCode { + if o == nil || o.Regions == nil { + var ret EnumRegionCode + return ret + } + return *o.Regions +} + +// GetRegionsOk returns a tuple with the Regions field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) GetRegionsOk() (*EnumRegionCode, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Regions == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Regions, true +} + +// HasRegions returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) HasRegions() bool { + if o != nil && o.Regions != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetRegions gets a reference to the given EnumRegionCode and assigns it to the Regions field. +func (o *LicenseEnvironments) SetRegions(v EnumRegionCode) { + o.Regions = &v +} + +func (o LicenseEnvironments) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if o.AllowConnections != nil { + toSerialize["allowConnections"] = o.AllowConnections + } + if o.AllowCustomDomain != nil { + toSerialize["allowCustomDomain"] = o.AllowCustomDomain + } + if o.AllowCustomSchema != nil { + toSerialize["allowCustomSchema"] = o.AllowCustomSchema + } + if o.AllowProduction != nil { + toSerialize["allowProduction"] = o.AllowProduction + } + if o.Max != nil { + toSerialize["max"] = o.Max + } + if o.Regions != nil { + toSerialize["regions"] = o.Regions + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +type NullableLicenseEnvironments struct { + value *LicenseEnvironments + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLicenseEnvironments) Get() *LicenseEnvironments { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseEnvironments) Set(val *LicenseEnvironments) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLicenseEnvironments) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseEnvironments) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLicenseEnvironments(val *LicenseEnvironments) *NullableLicenseEnvironments { + return &NullableLicenseEnvironments{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLicenseEnvironments) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseEnvironments) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/management/model_license_intelligence.go b/management/model_license_intelligence.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf4b3896 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/model_license_intelligence.go @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +/* +PingOne Platform API - SSO and Base + +The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as the Management APIs) + +API version: 2022-08-02 +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package management + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// LicenseIntelligence struct for LicenseIntelligence +type LicenseIntelligence struct { + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether to use the intelligence geo-velocity feature. For `TRIAL` (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For `ADMIN`, `GLOBAL`, `RISK`, and `MFARISK`, the default value is true. + AllowGeoVelocity *bool `json:"allowGeoVelocity,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether to use the intelligence anonymous network detection feature. For `TRIAL` (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For `ADMIN`, `GLOBAL`, `RISK`, and `MFARISK`, the default value is true. + AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection *bool `json:"allowAnonymousNetworkDetection,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether to use the intelligence IP reputation feature. For `TRIAL` (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For `ADMIN`, `GLOBAL`, `RISK`, and `MFARISK`, the default value is true. + AllowReputation *bool `json:"allowReputation,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether the customer has opted in to allow user and event behavior analytics (UEBA) data collection. + AllowDataConsent *bool `json:"allowDataConsent,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether your license permits you to configure risk features such as sign-on policies that include rules to detect anomalous changes to your locations (such as impossible travel). This capability is supported for TRIAL, RISK, and MFARISK license packages. Note, The sharing of user data to enable our machine-learning engine, which is integral to PingOne Risk, is captured in the license property license.intelligence.allowDataConsent, but it is not set to true by default in any license package. This license capability always requires active consent by the customer before it can be enabled, and if consent is given, then it allows the full scope of intelligence features included in PingOne Risk (and PingOne Risk plus MFA). + AllowRisk *bool `json:"allowRisk,omitempty"` +} + +// NewLicenseIntelligence instantiates a new LicenseIntelligence object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLicenseIntelligence() *LicenseIntelligence { + this := LicenseIntelligence{} + return &this +} + +// NewLicenseIntelligenceWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseIntelligence object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLicenseIntelligenceWithDefaults() *LicenseIntelligence { + this := LicenseIntelligence{} + return &this +} + +// GetAllowGeoVelocity returns the AllowGeoVelocity field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowGeoVelocity() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowGeoVelocity == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowGeoVelocity +} + +// GetAllowGeoVelocityOk returns a tuple with the AllowGeoVelocity field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowGeoVelocityOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowGeoVelocity == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowGeoVelocity, true +} + +// HasAllowGeoVelocity returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) HasAllowGeoVelocity() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowGeoVelocity != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowGeoVelocity gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowGeoVelocity field. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) SetAllowGeoVelocity(v bool) { + o.AllowGeoVelocity = &v +} + +// GetAllowAnonymousNetworkDetection returns the AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowAnonymousNetworkDetection() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection +} + +// GetAllowAnonymousNetworkDetectionOk returns a tuple with the AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowAnonymousNetworkDetectionOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection, true +} + +// HasAllowAnonymousNetworkDetection returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) HasAllowAnonymousNetworkDetection() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowAnonymousNetworkDetection gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection field. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) SetAllowAnonymousNetworkDetection(v bool) { + o.AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection = &v +} + +// GetAllowReputation returns the AllowReputation field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowReputation() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowReputation == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowReputation +} + +// GetAllowReputationOk returns a tuple with the AllowReputation field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowReputationOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowReputation == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowReputation, true +} + +// HasAllowReputation returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) HasAllowReputation() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowReputation != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowReputation gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowReputation field. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) SetAllowReputation(v bool) { + o.AllowReputation = &v +} + +// GetAllowDataConsent returns the AllowDataConsent field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowDataConsent() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowDataConsent == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowDataConsent +} + +// GetAllowDataConsentOk returns a tuple with the AllowDataConsent field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowDataConsentOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowDataConsent == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowDataConsent, true +} + +// HasAllowDataConsent returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) HasAllowDataConsent() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowDataConsent != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowDataConsent gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowDataConsent field. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) SetAllowDataConsent(v bool) { + o.AllowDataConsent = &v +} + +// GetAllowRisk returns the AllowRisk field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowRisk() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowRisk == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowRisk +} + +// GetAllowRiskOk returns a tuple with the AllowRisk field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) GetAllowRiskOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowRisk == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowRisk, true +} + +// HasAllowRisk returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) HasAllowRisk() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowRisk != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowRisk gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowRisk field. +func (o *LicenseIntelligence) SetAllowRisk(v bool) { + o.AllowRisk = &v +} + +func (o LicenseIntelligence) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if o.AllowGeoVelocity != nil { + toSerialize["allowGeoVelocity"] = o.AllowGeoVelocity + } + if o.AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection != nil { + toSerialize["allowAnonymousNetworkDetection"] = o.AllowAnonymousNetworkDetection + } + if o.AllowReputation != nil { + toSerialize["allowReputation"] = o.AllowReputation + } + if o.AllowDataConsent != nil { + toSerialize["allowDataConsent"] = o.AllowDataConsent + } + if o.AllowRisk != nil { + toSerialize["allowRisk"] = o.AllowRisk + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +type NullableLicenseIntelligence struct { + value *LicenseIntelligence + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLicenseIntelligence) Get() *LicenseIntelligence { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseIntelligence) Set(val *LicenseIntelligence) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLicenseIntelligence) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseIntelligence) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLicenseIntelligence(val *LicenseIntelligence) *NullableLicenseIntelligence { + return &NullableLicenseIntelligence{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLicenseIntelligence) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseIntelligence) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/management/model_license_mfa.go b/management/model_license_mfa.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c8be6d74 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/model_license_mfa.go @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +/* +PingOne Platform API - SSO and Base + +The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as the Management APIs) + +API version: 2022-08-02 +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package management + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// LicenseMfa struct for LicenseMfa +type LicenseMfa struct { + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether push notifications are allowed. For TRIAL (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For other license package types, adoption of the feature determines the default value. + AllowPushNotification *bool `json:"allowPushNotification,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports sending notifications outside of the environment's whitelist. + AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist *bool `json:"allowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether FIDO2 devices are allowed. For TRIAL (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For other license package types, adoption of the feature determines the default value. + AllowFido2Devices *bool `json:"allowFido2Devices,omitempty"` +} + +// NewLicenseMfa instantiates a new LicenseMfa object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLicenseMfa() *LicenseMfa { + this := LicenseMfa{} + return &this +} + +// NewLicenseMfaWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseMfa object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLicenseMfaWithDefaults() *LicenseMfa { + this := LicenseMfa{} + return &this +} + +// GetAllowPushNotification returns the AllowPushNotification field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseMfa) GetAllowPushNotification() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowPushNotification == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowPushNotification +} + +// GetAllowPushNotificationOk returns a tuple with the AllowPushNotification field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseMfa) GetAllowPushNotificationOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowPushNotification == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowPushNotification, true +} + +// HasAllowPushNotification returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseMfa) HasAllowPushNotification() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowPushNotification != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowPushNotification gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowPushNotification field. +func (o *LicenseMfa) SetAllowPushNotification(v bool) { + o.AllowPushNotification = &v +} + +// GetAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist returns the AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseMfa) GetAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist +} + +// GetAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelistOk returns a tuple with the AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseMfa) GetAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelistOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist, true +} + +// HasAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseMfa) HasAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist field. +func (o *LicenseMfa) SetAllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist(v bool) { + o.AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist = &v +} + +// GetAllowFido2Devices returns the AllowFido2Devices field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseMfa) GetAllowFido2Devices() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowFido2Devices == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowFido2Devices +} + +// GetAllowFido2DevicesOk returns a tuple with the AllowFido2Devices field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseMfa) GetAllowFido2DevicesOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowFido2Devices == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowFido2Devices, true +} + +// HasAllowFido2Devices returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseMfa) HasAllowFido2Devices() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowFido2Devices != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowFido2Devices gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowFido2Devices field. +func (o *LicenseMfa) SetAllowFido2Devices(v bool) { + o.AllowFido2Devices = &v +} + +func (o LicenseMfa) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if o.AllowPushNotification != nil { + toSerialize["allowPushNotification"] = o.AllowPushNotification + } + if o.AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist != nil { + toSerialize["allowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist"] = o.AllowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist + } + if o.AllowFido2Devices != nil { + toSerialize["allowFido2Devices"] = o.AllowFido2Devices + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +type NullableLicenseMfa struct { + value *LicenseMfa + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLicenseMfa) Get() *LicenseMfa { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseMfa) Set(val *LicenseMfa) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLicenseMfa) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseMfa) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLicenseMfa(val *LicenseMfa) *NullableLicenseMfa { + return &NullableLicenseMfa{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLicenseMfa) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseMfa) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/management/model_license_name.go b/management/model_license_name.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0846192f --- /dev/null +++ b/management/model_license_name.go @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* +PingOne Platform API - SSO and Base + +The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as the Management APIs) + +API version: 2022-08-02 +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package management + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// LicenseName struct for LicenseName +type LicenseName struct { + // The license name + Name string `json:"name"` +} + +// NewLicenseName instantiates a new LicenseName object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLicenseName(name string) *LicenseName { + this := LicenseName{} + this.Name = name + return &this +} + +// NewLicenseNameWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseName object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLicenseNameWithDefaults() *LicenseName { + this := LicenseName{} + return &this +} + +// GetName returns the Name field value +func (o *LicenseName) GetName() string { + if o == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + + return o.Name +} + +// GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseName) GetNameOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil { + return nil, false + } + return &o.Name, true +} + +// SetName sets field value +func (o *LicenseName) SetName(v string) { + o.Name = v +} + +func (o LicenseName) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if true { + toSerialize["name"] = o.Name + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +type NullableLicenseName struct { + value *LicenseName + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLicenseName) Get() *LicenseName { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseName) Set(val *LicenseName) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLicenseName) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseName) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLicenseName(val *LicenseName) *NullableLicenseName { + return &NullableLicenseName{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLicenseName) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseName) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/management/model_license_replaced_by_license.go b/management/model_license_replaced_by_license.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..485cd9f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/model_license_replaced_by_license.go @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/* +PingOne Platform API - SSO and Base + +The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as the Management APIs) + +API version: 2022-08-02 +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package management + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// LicenseReplacedByLicense A read-only object that specifies the license ID of the license that replaces this license. +type LicenseReplacedByLicense struct { + // A read-only string that specifies the license ID of the license that replaces this license. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` +} + +// NewLicenseReplacedByLicense instantiates a new LicenseReplacedByLicense object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLicenseReplacedByLicense() *LicenseReplacedByLicense { + this := LicenseReplacedByLicense{} + return &this +} + +// NewLicenseReplacedByLicenseWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseReplacedByLicense object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLicenseReplacedByLicenseWithDefaults() *LicenseReplacedByLicense { + this := LicenseReplacedByLicense{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseReplacedByLicense) GetId() string { + if o == nil || o.Id == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseReplacedByLicense) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Id == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseReplacedByLicense) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && o.Id != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *LicenseReplacedByLicense) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +func (o LicenseReplacedByLicense) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if o.Id != nil { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +type NullableLicenseReplacedByLicense struct { + value *LicenseReplacedByLicense + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLicenseReplacedByLicense) Get() *LicenseReplacedByLicense { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseReplacedByLicense) Set(val *LicenseReplacedByLicense) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLicenseReplacedByLicense) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseReplacedByLicense) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLicenseReplacedByLicense(val *LicenseReplacedByLicense) *NullableLicenseReplacedByLicense { + return &NullableLicenseReplacedByLicense{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLicenseReplacedByLicense) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseReplacedByLicense) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/management/model_license_replaces_license.go b/management/model_license_replaces_license.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..01f269a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/model_license_replaces_license.go @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/* +PingOne Platform API - SSO and Base + +The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as the Management APIs) + +API version: 2022-08-02 +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package management + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// LicenseReplacesLicense A read-only object that specifies the license ID of the license that is replaced by this license. +type LicenseReplacesLicense struct { + // A read-only string that specifies the license ID of the license that is replaced by this license. + Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"` +} + +// NewLicenseReplacesLicense instantiates a new LicenseReplacesLicense object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLicenseReplacesLicense() *LicenseReplacesLicense { + this := LicenseReplacesLicense{} + return &this +} + +// NewLicenseReplacesLicenseWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseReplacesLicense object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLicenseReplacesLicenseWithDefaults() *LicenseReplacesLicense { + this := LicenseReplacesLicense{} + return &this +} + +// GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseReplacesLicense) GetId() string { + if o == nil || o.Id == nil { + var ret string + return ret + } + return *o.Id +} + +// GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseReplacesLicense) GetIdOk() (*string, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Id == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Id, true +} + +// HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseReplacesLicense) HasId() bool { + if o != nil && o.Id != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field. +func (o *LicenseReplacesLicense) SetId(v string) { + o.Id = &v +} + +func (o LicenseReplacesLicense) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if o.Id != nil { + toSerialize["id"] = o.Id + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +type NullableLicenseReplacesLicense struct { + value *LicenseReplacesLicense + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLicenseReplacesLicense) Get() *LicenseReplacesLicense { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseReplacesLicense) Set(val *LicenseReplacesLicense) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLicenseReplacesLicense) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseReplacesLicense) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLicenseReplacesLicense(val *LicenseReplacesLicense) *NullableLicenseReplacesLicense { + return &NullableLicenseReplacesLicense{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLicenseReplacesLicense) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseReplacesLicense) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/management/model_license_users.go b/management/model_license_users.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dfbba5fc --- /dev/null +++ b/management/model_license_users.go @@ -0,0 +1,597 @@ +/* +PingOne Platform API - SSO and Base + +The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as the Management APIs) + +API version: 2022-08-02 +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package management + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// LicenseUsers struct for LicenseUsers +type LicenseUsers struct { + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports sending password management notifications. + AllowPasswordManagementNotifications *bool `json:"allowPasswordManagementNotifications,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using external identity providers in the specified environment. + AllowIdentityProviders *bool `json:"allowIdentityProviders,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using My Account capabilities in the specified environment. + AllowMyAccount *bool `json:"allowMyAccount,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using password management capabilities in the specified environment. + AllowPasswordManagement *bool `json:"allowPasswordManagement,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using password only login capabilities in the specified environment. + AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication *bool `json:"allowPasswordOnlyAuthentication,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using password policies in the specified environment. + AllowPasswordPolicy *bool `json:"allowPasswordPolicy,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using provisioning capabilities in the specified environment. + AllowProvisioning *bool `json:"allowProvisioning,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports role assignments in the specified environment. + AllowRoleAssignment *bool `json:"allowRoleAssignment,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using verification flows in the specified environment. + AllowVerificationFlow *bool `json:"allowVerificationFlow,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports allowing users to update their own profile. + AllowUpdateSelf *bool `json:"allowUpdateSelf,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license allows PingOne support. + EntitledToSupport *bool `json:"entitledToSupport,omitempty"` + // An read-only integer that specifies the maximum number of users allowed per environment. + Max *int32 `json:"max,omitempty"` + // A read-only integer that specifies a soft limit on the number of active identities across all environments on the license per year. This property is not visible if a value is not provided at the time the license is created. + AnnualActiveIncluded *int32 `json:"annualActiveIncluded,omitempty"` + // A read-only integer that specifies a soft limit on the number of active identities across all environments on the license per month. This property is not visible if a value is not provided at the time the license is created. + MonthlyActiveIncluded *int32 `json:"monthlyActiveIncluded,omitempty"` +} + +// NewLicenseUsers instantiates a new LicenseUsers object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLicenseUsers() *LicenseUsers { + this := LicenseUsers{} + return &this +} + +// NewLicenseUsersWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseUsers object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLicenseUsersWithDefaults() *LicenseUsers { + this := LicenseUsers{} + return &this +} + +// GetAllowPasswordManagementNotifications returns the AllowPasswordManagementNotifications field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordManagementNotifications() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowPasswordManagementNotifications == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowPasswordManagementNotifications +} + +// GetAllowPasswordManagementNotificationsOk returns a tuple with the AllowPasswordManagementNotifications field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordManagementNotificationsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowPasswordManagementNotifications == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowPasswordManagementNotifications, true +} + +// HasAllowPasswordManagementNotifications returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowPasswordManagementNotifications() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowPasswordManagementNotifications != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowPasswordManagementNotifications gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowPasswordManagementNotifications field. +func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowPasswordManagementNotifications(v bool) { + o.AllowPasswordManagementNotifications = &v +} + +// GetAllowIdentityProviders returns the AllowIdentityProviders field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowIdentityProviders() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowIdentityProviders == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowIdentityProviders +} + +// GetAllowIdentityProvidersOk returns a tuple with the AllowIdentityProviders field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowIdentityProvidersOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowIdentityProviders == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowIdentityProviders, true +} + +// HasAllowIdentityProviders returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowIdentityProviders() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowIdentityProviders != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowIdentityProviders gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowIdentityProviders field. +func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowIdentityProviders(v bool) { + o.AllowIdentityProviders = &v +} + +// GetAllowMyAccount returns the AllowMyAccount field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowMyAccount() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowMyAccount == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowMyAccount +} + +// GetAllowMyAccountOk returns a tuple with the AllowMyAccount field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowMyAccountOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowMyAccount == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowMyAccount, true +} + +// HasAllowMyAccount returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowMyAccount() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowMyAccount != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowMyAccount gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowMyAccount field. +func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowMyAccount(v bool) { + o.AllowMyAccount = &v +} + +// GetAllowPasswordManagement returns the AllowPasswordManagement field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordManagement() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowPasswordManagement == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowPasswordManagement +} + +// GetAllowPasswordManagementOk returns a tuple with the AllowPasswordManagement field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordManagementOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowPasswordManagement == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowPasswordManagement, true +} + +// HasAllowPasswordManagement returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowPasswordManagement() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowPasswordManagement != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowPasswordManagement gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowPasswordManagement field. +func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowPasswordManagement(v bool) { + o.AllowPasswordManagement = &v +} + +// GetAllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication returns the AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication +} + +// GetAllowPasswordOnlyAuthenticationOk returns a tuple with the AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordOnlyAuthenticationOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication, true +} + +// HasAllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication field. +func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication(v bool) { + o.AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication = &v +} + +// GetAllowPasswordPolicy returns the AllowPasswordPolicy field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordPolicy() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowPasswordPolicy == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowPasswordPolicy +} + +// GetAllowPasswordPolicyOk returns a tuple with the AllowPasswordPolicy field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowPasswordPolicyOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowPasswordPolicy == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowPasswordPolicy, true +} + +// HasAllowPasswordPolicy returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowPasswordPolicy() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowPasswordPolicy != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowPasswordPolicy gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowPasswordPolicy field. +func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowPasswordPolicy(v bool) { + o.AllowPasswordPolicy = &v +} + +// GetAllowProvisioning returns the AllowProvisioning field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowProvisioning() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowProvisioning == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowProvisioning +} + +// GetAllowProvisioningOk returns a tuple with the AllowProvisioning field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowProvisioningOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowProvisioning == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowProvisioning, true +} + +// HasAllowProvisioning returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowProvisioning() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowProvisioning != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowProvisioning gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowProvisioning field. +func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowProvisioning(v bool) { + o.AllowProvisioning = &v +} + +// GetAllowRoleAssignment returns the AllowRoleAssignment field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowRoleAssignment() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowRoleAssignment == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowRoleAssignment +} + +// GetAllowRoleAssignmentOk returns a tuple with the AllowRoleAssignment field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowRoleAssignmentOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowRoleAssignment == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowRoleAssignment, true +} + +// HasAllowRoleAssignment returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowRoleAssignment() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowRoleAssignment != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowRoleAssignment gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowRoleAssignment field. +func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowRoleAssignment(v bool) { + o.AllowRoleAssignment = &v +} + +// GetAllowVerificationFlow returns the AllowVerificationFlow field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowVerificationFlow() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowVerificationFlow == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowVerificationFlow +} + +// GetAllowVerificationFlowOk returns a tuple with the AllowVerificationFlow field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowVerificationFlowOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowVerificationFlow == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowVerificationFlow, true +} + +// HasAllowVerificationFlow returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowVerificationFlow() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowVerificationFlow != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowVerificationFlow gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowVerificationFlow field. +func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowVerificationFlow(v bool) { + o.AllowVerificationFlow = &v +} + +// GetAllowUpdateSelf returns the AllowUpdateSelf field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowUpdateSelf() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowUpdateSelf == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowUpdateSelf +} + +// GetAllowUpdateSelfOk returns a tuple with the AllowUpdateSelf field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAllowUpdateSelfOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowUpdateSelf == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowUpdateSelf, true +} + +// HasAllowUpdateSelf returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAllowUpdateSelf() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowUpdateSelf != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowUpdateSelf gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowUpdateSelf field. +func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAllowUpdateSelf(v bool) { + o.AllowUpdateSelf = &v +} + +// GetEntitledToSupport returns the EntitledToSupport field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetEntitledToSupport() bool { + if o == nil || o.EntitledToSupport == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.EntitledToSupport +} + +// GetEntitledToSupportOk returns a tuple with the EntitledToSupport field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetEntitledToSupportOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.EntitledToSupport == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.EntitledToSupport, true +} + +// HasEntitledToSupport returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) HasEntitledToSupport() bool { + if o != nil && o.EntitledToSupport != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetEntitledToSupport gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EntitledToSupport field. +func (o *LicenseUsers) SetEntitledToSupport(v bool) { + o.EntitledToSupport = &v +} + +// GetMax returns the Max field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetMax() int32 { + if o == nil || o.Max == nil { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.Max +} + +// GetMaxOk returns a tuple with the Max field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetMaxOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || o.Max == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.Max, true +} + +// HasMax returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) HasMax() bool { + if o != nil && o.Max != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMax gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the Max field. +func (o *LicenseUsers) SetMax(v int32) { + o.Max = &v +} + +// GetAnnualActiveIncluded returns the AnnualActiveIncluded field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAnnualActiveIncluded() int32 { + if o == nil || o.AnnualActiveIncluded == nil { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.AnnualActiveIncluded +} + +// GetAnnualActiveIncludedOk returns a tuple with the AnnualActiveIncluded field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetAnnualActiveIncludedOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AnnualActiveIncluded == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AnnualActiveIncluded, true +} + +// HasAnnualActiveIncluded returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) HasAnnualActiveIncluded() bool { + if o != nil && o.AnnualActiveIncluded != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAnnualActiveIncluded gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the AnnualActiveIncluded field. +func (o *LicenseUsers) SetAnnualActiveIncluded(v int32) { + o.AnnualActiveIncluded = &v +} + +// GetMonthlyActiveIncluded returns the MonthlyActiveIncluded field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetMonthlyActiveIncluded() int32 { + if o == nil || o.MonthlyActiveIncluded == nil { + var ret int32 + return ret + } + return *o.MonthlyActiveIncluded +} + +// GetMonthlyActiveIncludedOk returns a tuple with the MonthlyActiveIncluded field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) GetMonthlyActiveIncludedOk() (*int32, bool) { + if o == nil || o.MonthlyActiveIncluded == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.MonthlyActiveIncluded, true +} + +// HasMonthlyActiveIncluded returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseUsers) HasMonthlyActiveIncluded() bool { + if o != nil && o.MonthlyActiveIncluded != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetMonthlyActiveIncluded gets a reference to the given int32 and assigns it to the MonthlyActiveIncluded field. +func (o *LicenseUsers) SetMonthlyActiveIncluded(v int32) { + o.MonthlyActiveIncluded = &v +} + +func (o LicenseUsers) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if o.AllowPasswordManagementNotifications != nil { + toSerialize["allowPasswordManagementNotifications"] = o.AllowPasswordManagementNotifications + } + if o.AllowIdentityProviders != nil { + toSerialize["allowIdentityProviders"] = o.AllowIdentityProviders + } + if o.AllowMyAccount != nil { + toSerialize["allowMyAccount"] = o.AllowMyAccount + } + if o.AllowPasswordManagement != nil { + toSerialize["allowPasswordManagement"] = o.AllowPasswordManagement + } + if o.AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication != nil { + toSerialize["allowPasswordOnlyAuthentication"] = o.AllowPasswordOnlyAuthentication + } + if o.AllowPasswordPolicy != nil { + toSerialize["allowPasswordPolicy"] = o.AllowPasswordPolicy + } + if o.AllowProvisioning != nil { + toSerialize["allowProvisioning"] = o.AllowProvisioning + } + if o.AllowRoleAssignment != nil { + toSerialize["allowRoleAssignment"] = o.AllowRoleAssignment + } + if o.AllowVerificationFlow != nil { + toSerialize["allowVerificationFlow"] = o.AllowVerificationFlow + } + if o.AllowUpdateSelf != nil { + toSerialize["allowUpdateSelf"] = o.AllowUpdateSelf + } + if o.EntitledToSupport != nil { + toSerialize["entitledToSupport"] = o.EntitledToSupport + } + if o.Max != nil { + toSerialize["max"] = o.Max + } + if o.AnnualActiveIncluded != nil { + toSerialize["annualActiveIncluded"] = o.AnnualActiveIncluded + } + if o.MonthlyActiveIncluded != nil { + toSerialize["monthlyActiveIncluded"] = o.MonthlyActiveIncluded + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +type NullableLicenseUsers struct { + value *LicenseUsers + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLicenseUsers) Get() *LicenseUsers { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseUsers) Set(val *LicenseUsers) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLicenseUsers) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseUsers) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLicenseUsers(val *LicenseUsers) *NullableLicenseUsers { + return &NullableLicenseUsers{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLicenseUsers) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseUsers) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/management/model_license_verify.go b/management/model_license_verify.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f0df4269 --- /dev/null +++ b/management/model_license_verify.go @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +/* +PingOne Platform API - SSO and Base + +The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as the Management APIs) + +API version: 2022-08-02 +*/ + +// Code generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech); DO NOT EDIT. + +package management + +import ( + "encoding/json" +) + +// LicenseVerify struct for LicenseVerify +type LicenseVerify struct { + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Verify push notifications feature. + AllowPushNotifications *bool `json:"allowPushNotifications,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Verify document matching feature. + AllowDocumentMatch *bool `json:"allowDocumentMatch,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Verify face matching feature. + AllowFaceMatch *bool `json:"allowFaceMatch,omitempty"` + // A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Verify manual ID inspection feature. + AllowManualIdInspection *bool `json:"allowManualIdInspection,omitempty"` +} + +// NewLicenseVerify instantiates a new LicenseVerify object +// This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments +// will change when the set of required properties is changed +func NewLicenseVerify() *LicenseVerify { + this := LicenseVerify{} + return &this +} + +// NewLicenseVerifyWithDefaults instantiates a new LicenseVerify object +// This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, +// but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set +func NewLicenseVerifyWithDefaults() *LicenseVerify { + this := LicenseVerify{} + return &this +} + +// GetAllowPushNotifications returns the AllowPushNotifications field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowPushNotifications() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowPushNotifications == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowPushNotifications +} + +// GetAllowPushNotificationsOk returns a tuple with the AllowPushNotifications field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowPushNotificationsOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowPushNotifications == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowPushNotifications, true +} + +// HasAllowPushNotifications returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseVerify) HasAllowPushNotifications() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowPushNotifications != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowPushNotifications gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowPushNotifications field. +func (o *LicenseVerify) SetAllowPushNotifications(v bool) { + o.AllowPushNotifications = &v +} + +// GetAllowDocumentMatch returns the AllowDocumentMatch field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowDocumentMatch() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowDocumentMatch == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowDocumentMatch +} + +// GetAllowDocumentMatchOk returns a tuple with the AllowDocumentMatch field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowDocumentMatchOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowDocumentMatch == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowDocumentMatch, true +} + +// HasAllowDocumentMatch returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseVerify) HasAllowDocumentMatch() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowDocumentMatch != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowDocumentMatch gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowDocumentMatch field. +func (o *LicenseVerify) SetAllowDocumentMatch(v bool) { + o.AllowDocumentMatch = &v +} + +// GetAllowFaceMatch returns the AllowFaceMatch field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowFaceMatch() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowFaceMatch == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowFaceMatch +} + +// GetAllowFaceMatchOk returns a tuple with the AllowFaceMatch field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowFaceMatchOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowFaceMatch == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowFaceMatch, true +} + +// HasAllowFaceMatch returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseVerify) HasAllowFaceMatch() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowFaceMatch != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowFaceMatch gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowFaceMatch field. +func (o *LicenseVerify) SetAllowFaceMatch(v bool) { + o.AllowFaceMatch = &v +} + +// GetAllowManualIdInspection returns the AllowManualIdInspection field value if set, zero value otherwise. +func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowManualIdInspection() bool { + if o == nil || o.AllowManualIdInspection == nil { + var ret bool + return ret + } + return *o.AllowManualIdInspection +} + +// GetAllowManualIdInspectionOk returns a tuple with the AllowManualIdInspection field value if set, nil otherwise +// and a boolean to check if the value has been set. +func (o *LicenseVerify) GetAllowManualIdInspectionOk() (*bool, bool) { + if o == nil || o.AllowManualIdInspection == nil { + return nil, false + } + return o.AllowManualIdInspection, true +} + +// HasAllowManualIdInspection returns a boolean if a field has been set. +func (o *LicenseVerify) HasAllowManualIdInspection() bool { + if o != nil && o.AllowManualIdInspection != nil { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// SetAllowManualIdInspection gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowManualIdInspection field. +func (o *LicenseVerify) SetAllowManualIdInspection(v bool) { + o.AllowManualIdInspection = &v +} + +func (o LicenseVerify) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + toSerialize := map[string]interface{}{} + if o.AllowPushNotifications != nil { + toSerialize["allowPushNotifications"] = o.AllowPushNotifications + } + if o.AllowDocumentMatch != nil { + toSerialize["allowDocumentMatch"] = o.AllowDocumentMatch + } + if o.AllowFaceMatch != nil { + toSerialize["allowFaceMatch"] = o.AllowFaceMatch + } + if o.AllowManualIdInspection != nil { + toSerialize["allowManualIdInspection"] = o.AllowManualIdInspection + } + return json.Marshal(toSerialize) +} + +type NullableLicenseVerify struct { + value *LicenseVerify + isSet bool +} + +func (v NullableLicenseVerify) Get() *LicenseVerify { + return v.value +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseVerify) Set(val *LicenseVerify) { + v.value = val + v.isSet = true +} + +func (v NullableLicenseVerify) IsSet() bool { + return v.isSet +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseVerify) Unset() { + v.value = nil + v.isSet = false +} + +func NewNullableLicenseVerify(val *LicenseVerify) *NullableLicenseVerify { + return &NullableLicenseVerify{value: val, isSet: true} +} + +func (v NullableLicenseVerify) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return json.Marshal(v.value) +} + +func (v *NullableLicenseVerify) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { + v.isSet = true + return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) +} + + diff --git a/management/model_update_domain_200_response.go b/management/model_update_domain_200_response.go deleted file mode 100644 index b996ade2..00000000 --- a/management/model_update_domain_200_response.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -/* -PingOne Platform API - SSO and Base - -The PingOne Platform API covering the base and SSO services (otherwise known as the Management APIs) - -API version: 2022-08-02 -*/ - -package management - -import ( - "encoding/json" - "fmt" -) - -// UpdateDomain200Response - struct for UpdateDomain200Response -type UpdateDomain200Response struct { - CustomDomain *CustomDomain - CustomDomainCertificate *CustomDomainCertificate -} - -// CustomDomainAsUpdateDomain200Response is a convenience function that returns CustomDomain wrapped in UpdateDomain200Response -func CustomDomainAsUpdateDomain200Response(v *CustomDomain) UpdateDomain200Response { - return UpdateDomain200Response{ - CustomDomain: v, - } -} - -// CustomDomainCertificateAsUpdateDomain200Response is a convenience function that returns CustomDomainCertificate wrapped in UpdateDomain200Response -func CustomDomainCertificateAsUpdateDomain200Response(v *CustomDomainCertificate) UpdateDomain200Response { - return UpdateDomain200Response{ - CustomDomainCertificate: v, - } -} - -// Unmarshal JSON data into one of the pointers in the struct -func (dst *UpdateDomain200Response) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) error { - var err error - match := 0 - // try to unmarshal data into CustomDomain - err = json.Unmarshal(data, &dst.CustomDomain) - if err == nil { - jsonCustomDomain, _ := json.Marshal(dst.CustomDomain) - if string(jsonCustomDomain) == "{}" { // empty struct - dst.CustomDomain = nil - } else { - if _, ok := dst.CustomDomain.GetIdOk(); ok { - match++ - } else { - dst.CustomDomain = nil - } - } - } else { - dst.CustomDomain = nil - } - - // try to unmarshal data into CustomDomainCertificate - err = json.Unmarshal(data, &dst.CustomDomainCertificate) - if err == nil { - jsonCustomDomainCertificate, _ := json.Marshal(dst.CustomDomainCertificate) - if string(jsonCustomDomainCertificate) == "{}" { // empty struct - dst.CustomDomainCertificate = nil - } else { - if _, ok := dst.CustomDomainCertificate.GetExpiresAtOk(); ok { - match++ - } else { - dst.CustomDomainCertificate = nil - } - } - } else { - dst.CustomDomainCertificate = nil - } - - if match > 1 { // more than 1 match - // reset to nil - dst.CustomDomain = nil - dst.CustomDomainCertificate = nil - - return fmt.Errorf("Data matches more than one schema in oneOf(UpdateDomain200Response)") - } else if match == 1 { - return nil // exactly one match - } else { // no match - return fmt.Errorf("Data failed to match schemas in oneOf(UpdateDomain200Response)") - } -} - -// Marshal data from the first non-nil pointers in the struct to JSON -func (src UpdateDomain200Response) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - if src.CustomDomain != nil { - return json.Marshal(&src.CustomDomain) - } - - if src.CustomDomainCertificate != nil { - return json.Marshal(&src.CustomDomainCertificate) - } - - return nil, nil // no data in oneOf schemas -} - -// Get the actual instance -func (obj *UpdateDomain200Response) GetActualInstance() interface{} { - if obj == nil { - return nil - } - if obj.CustomDomain != nil { - return obj.CustomDomain - } - - if obj.CustomDomainCertificate != nil { - return obj.CustomDomainCertificate - } - - // all schemas are nil - return nil -} - -type NullableUpdateDomain200Response struct { - value *UpdateDomain200Response - isSet bool -} - -func (v NullableUpdateDomain200Response) Get() *UpdateDomain200Response { - return v.value -} - -func (v *NullableUpdateDomain200Response) Set(val *UpdateDomain200Response) { - v.value = val - v.isSet = true -} - -func (v NullableUpdateDomain200Response) IsSet() bool { - return v.isSet -} - -func (v *NullableUpdateDomain200Response) Unset() { - v.value = nil - v.isSet = false -} - -func NewNullableUpdateDomain200Response(val *UpdateDomain200Response) *NullableUpdateDomain200Response { - return &NullableUpdateDomain200Response{value: val, isSet: true} -} - -func (v NullableUpdateDomain200Response) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { - return json.Marshal(v.value) -} - -func (v *NullableUpdateDomain200Response) UnmarshalJSON(src []byte) error { - v.isSet = true - return json.Unmarshal(src, &v.value) -} diff --git a/pingone-management.yml b/pingone-management.yml index 5a2f2926..530ace2d 100644 --- a/pingone-management.yml +++ b/pingone-management.yml @@ -167,6 +167,14 @@ components: type: string enum: [PNG, JPG, GIF] description: A string that specifies the type of format used for the image. Options are jpg, png, and gif. + EnumLicensePackage: + type: string + enum: [TRIAL, STANDARD, PREMIUM, MFA, RISK, MFARISK, GLOBAL] + description: A string that specifies the license template on which this license is based. This is a required property. Options are `TRIAL`, `STANDARD`, `PREMIUM`, `MFA`, `RISK`, `MFARISK`, and `GLOBAL`. + EnumLicenseStatus: + type: string + enum: [ACTIVE, EXPIRED, FUTURE] + description: A string that specifies the status of the license. Options are `ACTIVE`, `EXPIRED`, and `FUTURE`. EnumOrganizationType: type: string enum: [PAID, TRIAL] @@ -183,7 +191,7 @@ components: EnumRegionCode: type: string enum: [AP, CA, EU, NA] - description: A string that specifies the region in which this environment will be used. The value is set when the environment is created and cannot be updated. + description: A string that specifies the environment region code. The value is set when the environment is created and cannot be updated. EnumResourceAttributeType: type: string enum: [CORE, CUSTOM] @@ -1228,6 +1236,10 @@ components: type: array items: $ref: '#/components/schemas/AgreementLanguage' + licenses: + type: array + items: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/License' organizations: type: array items: @@ -1973,6 +1985,189 @@ components: type: integer readOnly: true description: The height of the image (in pixels). + License: + type: object + properties: + assignedEnvironmentsCount: + type: integer + description: A read-only integer that specifies the total number of environments associated with this license. + readOnly: true + authorize: + type: object + readOnly: true + properties: + allowApiAccessManagement: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Authorize API access management feature. + allowDynamicAuthorization: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Authorize dynamic authorization feature. + beginsAt: + type: string + format: datetime + description: The date and time this license begins. + readOnly: true + environments: + type: object + readOnly: true + properties: + allowConnections: + type: boolean + description: A boolean that specifies whether the license supports creation of application connections in the specified environment. + allowCustomDomain: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports creation of a custom domain in the specified environment. + allowCustomSchema: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using custom schema attributes in the specified environment. + allowProduction: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether production environments are allowed. + max: + type: integer + description: A read-only integer that specifies the maximum number of environments allowed. + regions: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnumRegionCode' + expiresAt: + type: string + format: datetime + readOnly: true + description: The date and time this license expires. TRIAL licenses stop access to PingOne services at expiration. All other licenses trigger an event to send a notification when the license expires but do not block services. + id: + type: string + description: A read-only string that specifies the license resource’s unique identifier. + readOnly: true + intelligence: + type: object + readOnly: true + properties: + allowGeoVelocity: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether to use the intelligence geo-velocity feature. For `TRIAL` (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For `ADMIN`, `GLOBAL`, `RISK`, and `MFARISK`, the default value is true. + allowAnonymousNetworkDetection: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether to use the intelligence anonymous network detection feature. For `TRIAL` (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For `ADMIN`, `GLOBAL`, `RISK`, and `MFARISK`, the default value is true. + allowReputation: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether to use the intelligence IP reputation feature. For `TRIAL` (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For `ADMIN`, `GLOBAL`, `RISK`, and `MFARISK`, the default value is true. + allowDataConsent: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the customer has opted in to allow user and event behavior analytics (UEBA) data collection. + allowRisk: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether your license permits you to configure risk features such as sign-on policies that include rules to detect anomalous changes to your locations (such as impossible travel). This capability is supported for TRIAL, RISK, and MFARISK license packages. Note, The sharing of user data to enable our machine-learning engine, which is integral to PingOne Risk, is captured in the license property license.intelligence.allowDataConsent, but it is not set to true by default in any license package. This license capability always requires active consent by the customer before it can be enabled, and if consent is given, then it allows the full scope of intelligence features included in PingOne Risk (and PingOne Risk plus MFA). + mfa: + type: object + readOnly: true + properties: + allowPushNotification: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether push notifications are allowed. For TRIAL (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For other license package types, adoption of the feature determines the default value. + allowMfaNotificationsOutsideWhitelist: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports sending notifications outside of the environment's whitelist. + allowFido2Devices: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether FIDO2 devices are allowed. For TRIAL (unpaid) licenses, the default value is true. For other license package types, adoption of the feature determines the default value. + name: + type: string + description: A string that specifies a descriptive name for the license. This is a required property in a license name update request. Valid characters consists of any Unicode letter, mark, numeric character, forward slash, dot, apostrophe, underscore, space, or hyphen. The maximum length of a name is 255 characters. + organization: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/ObjectOrganization' + package: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnumLicensePackage' + replacesLicense: + type: object + description: A read-only object that specifies the license ID of the license that is replaced by this license. + properties: + id: + type: string + description: A read-only string that specifies the license ID of the license that is replaced by this license. + replacedByLicense: + type: object + description: A read-only object that specifies the license ID of the license that replaces this license. + properties: + id: + type: string + description: A read-only string that specifies the license ID of the license that replaces this license. + status: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EnumLicenseStatus' + terminatesAt: + type: string + format: datetime + description: An optional attribute that designates the exact date and time when this license terminates access to PingOne services. This attribute can be added to any licensing package. + users: + type: object + readOnly: true + properties: + allowPasswordManagementNotifications: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports sending password management notifications. + allowIdentityProviders: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using external identity providers in the specified environment. + allowMyAccount: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using My Account capabilities in the specified environment. + allowPasswordManagement: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using password management capabilities in the specified environment. + allowPasswordOnlyAuthentication: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using password only login capabilities in the specified environment. + allowPasswordPolicy: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using password policies in the specified environment. + allowProvisioning: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using provisioning capabilities in the specified environment. + allowRoleAssignment: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports role assignments in the specified environment. + allowVerificationFlow: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports using verification flows in the specified environment. + allowUpdateSelf: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license supports allowing users to update their own profile. + entitledToSupport: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether the license allows PingOne support. + max: + type: integer + description: An read-only integer that specifies the maximum number of users allowed per environment. + annualActiveIncluded: + type: integer + description: A read-only integer that specifies a soft limit on the number of active identities across all environments on the license per year. This property is not visible if a value is not provided at the time the license is created. + monthlyActiveIncluded: + type: integer + description: A read-only integer that specifies a soft limit on the number of active identities across all environments on the license per month. This property is not visible if a value is not provided at the time the license is created. + verify: + type: object + readOnly: true + properties: + allowPushNotifications: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Verify push notifications feature. + allowDocumentMatch: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Verify document matching feature. + allowFaceMatch: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Verify face matching feature. + allowManualIdInspection: + type: boolean + description: A read-only boolean that specifies whether to enable the PingOne Verify manual ID inspection feature. + required: + - name + LicenseName: + type: object + properties: + name: + type: string + description: The license name + required: + - name PKICAResponseFileUpload: type: object properties: @@ -22773,12 +22968,24 @@ paths: tags: - Licenses summary: READ All Licenses + operationId: readAllLicenses parameters: - name: organizationID in: path schema: type: string required: true + - name: filter + in: query + schema: + type: string + description: For organizations with more than one license, you can use a filter to return the list of licenses in descending order. + example: filter=beginsAt lt "{{now}}" + - name: order + in: query + schema: + type: string + example: order=-beginsAt responses: '400': description: Invalid request received. Malformed JSON, malformed HTTP request. @@ -22819,12 +23026,15 @@ paths: '200': description: Successful response content: - application/json: {} + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/EntityArray' /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}: get: tags: - Licenses summary: READ One License + operationId: readOneLicense parameters: - name: organizationID in: path @@ -22876,12 +23086,15 @@ paths: '200': description: Successful response content: - application/json: {} + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/License' /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/name: get: tags: - Licenses summary: READ One License Name + operationId: readOneLicenseName parameters: - name: organizationID in: path @@ -22933,18 +23146,19 @@ paths: '200': description: Successful response content: - application/json: {} + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LicenseName' put: tags: - Licenses summary: Update One License Name + operationId: updateOneLicenseName requestBody: content: application/json: schema: - type: object - example: - name: Internal Test License + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LicenseName' parameters: - name: organizationID in: path @@ -22996,12 +23210,15 @@ paths: '200': description: Successful response content: - application/json: {} + application/json: + schema: + $ref: '#/components/schemas/LicenseName' /v1/organizations/{organizationID}/licenses/{licenseID}/metrics/activeIdentityCounts: get: tags: - Active Identity Counts summary: READ Active Identity Counts by License + operationId: readActiveIdentityCount parameters: - name: aggregatedBy in: query